2003-11-10 Andrew Cagney <cagney@redhat.com>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
e9c75b65
EZ
4@dircategory Programming & development tools.
5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
1e698235 11Copyright 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,2002,2003
e9c75b65 12 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
13Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
14Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
15
e9c75b65
EZ
16Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
17under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 18any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
19Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
20Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
21Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
22@end ifinfo
23
24@setchapternewpage off
25822942 25@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 26
56caf160
EZ
27@syncodeindex fn cp
28@syncodeindex vr cp
29
c906108c 30@titlepage
25822942 31@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
32@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
33@author John Gilmore
34@author Cygnus Solutions
35@author Second Edition:
36@author Stan Shebs
37@author Cygnus Solutions
38@page
39@tex
40\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
41\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
42{\parskip=0pt
43\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
44\hfill \manvers\par
45\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
46}
47@end tex
48
49@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235
DJ
50Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
51 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 52
e9c75b65
EZ
53Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
54under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 55any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
56Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
57Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
58Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
59@end titlepage
60
449f3b6c 61@contents
449f3b6c 62
c906108c
SS
63@node Top
64@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
65@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
66@top Scope of this Document
67
25822942
DB
68This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
69includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
70as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
71
72@menu
73* Requirements::
74* Overall Structure::
75* Algorithms::
76* User Interface::
89437448 77* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
78* Symbol Handling::
79* Language Support::
80* Host Definition::
81* Target Architecture Definition::
82* Target Vector Definition::
83* Native Debugging::
84* Support Libraries::
85* Coding::
86* Porting GDB::
8973da3a 87* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 88* Testsuite::
c906108c 89* Hints::
aab4e0ec 90
bcd7e15f 91* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 92* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 93* Index::
c906108c
SS
94@end menu
95
96@node Requirements
97
98@chapter Requirements
56caf160 99@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
100
101Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
102requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
103of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
104that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 105
56caf160
EZ
106First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
107front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
108shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 109
56caf160
EZ
110@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
111available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
112programmer.
c906108c 113
56caf160
EZ
114@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
115the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
116going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
117to debugger commands.
c906108c 118
56caf160
EZ
119@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
120While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 121picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
122programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
123mollify the debugger.
c906108c 124
56caf160
EZ
125@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
126Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
127heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
130available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
131supports.
c906108c
SS
132
133
134@node Overall Structure
135
136@chapter Overall Structure
137
56caf160
EZ
138@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
139symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
140@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 141
2e685b93 142The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
143supporting code.
144
145The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
146interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
147parsing, type and value printing.
148
149The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
150physical target manipulation.
151
152The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
153number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
154elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
155supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
156this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
157should fit together.
158
159@section The Symbol Side
160
56caf160
EZ
161The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
162you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
163For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
164many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
165
166@section The Target Side
167
56caf160
EZ
168The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
169Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
170of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
171available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
172
173Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
174display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 175such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
176relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
177way.
178
179@section Configurations
180
56caf160
EZ
181@cindex host
182@cindex target
25822942 183@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
184@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
185executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
186third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
187
188Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
189Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
190float format.
191
192Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
193dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
194breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
195to call a function.
196
197Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
198is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
199host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
200process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
201registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
202in the native-dependent files.
203
204Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
205are really part of the target environment, but which require
206@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
207file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
208
25822942 209When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
210have to include all three kinds of information.
211
212
213@node Algorithms
214
215@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 216@cindex algorithms
c906108c 217
56caf160
EZ
218@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
219often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
220cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
221algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
222they use.
c906108c
SS
223
224@section Frames
225
56caf160
EZ
226@cindex frame
227@cindex call stack frame
228A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
229and called functions.
c906108c 230
56caf160
EZ
231@findex create_new_frame
232@vindex FRAME_FP
c906108c 233@code{FRAME_FP} in the machine description has no meaning to the
56caf160
EZ
234machine-independent part of @value{GDBN}, except that it is used when
235setting up a new frame from scratch, as follows:
c906108c 236
474c8240 237@smallexample
0ba6dca9 238create_new_frame (read_register (DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM), read_pc ()));
474c8240 239@end smallexample
c906108c 240
56caf160 241@cindex frame pointer register
0ba6dca9
AC
242Other than that, all the meaning imparted to @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}
243is imparted by the machine-dependent code. So,
244@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} can have any value that is convenient for
245the code that creates new frames. (@code{create_new_frame} calls
246@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} if it is defined; that is where
247you should use the @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} value, if your frames are
248nonstandard.)
c906108c 249
56caf160 250@cindex frame chain
618ce49f
AC
251Given a @value{GDBN} frame, define @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN} to
252determine the address of the calling function's frame. This will be
253used to create a new @value{GDBN} frame struct, and then
e9582e71 254@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} and
a5afb99f 255@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC} will be called for the new frame.
c906108c
SS
256
257@section Breakpoint Handling
258
56caf160 259@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
260In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
261where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
262that location.
263
264There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
265breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
266
56caf160
EZ
267@cindex hardware breakpoints
268@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
269Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
270features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
271register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 272(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 273ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
274exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
275
276Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
277include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
278processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
279address.
280
281A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
282breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
283software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
284breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 285@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 286for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
287
288Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 289limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 290start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 291notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
292whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
293breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
294an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
295
296@cindex software breakpoints
297Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
298The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
299instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
300that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
301@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
302user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
303instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
304
305Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 306must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 307can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 308although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
309
310Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
311instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
312target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
313breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
314larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
315targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
316instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
317set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
318although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
319instruction.
320
56caf160 321@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
322The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
323@code{BREAKPOINT}.
324
325Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
326much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
327
328@section Single Stepping
329
330@section Signal Handling
331
332@section Thread Handling
333
334@section Inferior Function Calls
335
336@section Longjmp Support
337
56caf160 338@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 339@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
340@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
341stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
342which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
343command.
c906108c 344
56caf160 345@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
346To make this work, you need to define a macro called
347@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
348structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
349is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 350@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
351@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
352
9742079a
EZ
353@section Watchpoints
354@cindex watchpoints
355
356Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
357breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
358instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
359your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
360hunt down and kill such bugs.
361
362@cindex hardware watchpoints
363@cindex software watchpoints
364Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
365known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
366hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
367software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
368will use software watchpoints are:
369
370@itemize @bullet
371@item
372The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
373watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
374to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
375more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
376watchpoints.
377
378@item
379The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
380registers (as opposed to memory).
381
382@item
383Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
384this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
385resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
386breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
387breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
388
389@item
390No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
391implementation.
392@end itemize
393
394Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
395single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
396watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
397section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
398
399@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
400watchpoints:
401
402@table @code
403@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
404@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
405If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
406
407@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
408@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
409Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
410possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
411of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
412not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
413number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
414is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
415are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
416the same time).
417
418@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
419@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
420Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
421whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
422
423@findex TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
424@item TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{size})
425Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
426whose size is @var{size}. @value{GDBN} only uses this macro as a
427fall-back, in case @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is not
428defined.
429
430@findex TARGET_DISABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS
431@item TARGET_DISABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS (@var{pid})
432Disables watchpoints in the process identified by @var{pid}. This is
433used, e.g., on HP-UX which provides operations to disable and enable
434the page-level memory protection that implements hardware watchpoints
435on that platform.
436
437@findex TARGET_ENABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS
438@item TARGET_ENABLE_HW_WATCHPOINTS (@var{pid})
439Enables watchpoints in the process identified by @var{pid}. This is
440used, e.g., on HP-UX which provides operations to disable and enable
441the page-level memory protection that implements hardware watchpoints
442on that platform.
443
9742079a
EZ
444@findex target_insert_watchpoint
445@findex target_remove_watchpoint
446@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
447@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
448Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
449@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
450possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
451defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
452
474c8240 453@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
454 enum target_hw_bp_type
455 @{
456 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
457 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
458 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
459 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
460 @};
474c8240 461@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
462
463@noindent
464These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
465
466@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
467@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
468@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
469@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
470@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
471Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address @var{addr}.
472Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure. @var{shadow} is the
473real contents of the byte where the breakpoint has been inserted; it
474is generally not valid when hardware breakpoints are used, but since
475no other code touches these values, the implementations of the above
476two macros can use them for their internal purposes.
477
478@findex target_stopped_data_address
479@item target_stopped_data_address ()
480If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, return the address
481associated with that watchpoint. Otherwise, return zero.
482
483@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_HW_BREAK
484@item DECR_PC_AFTER_HW_BREAK
485If defined, @value{GDBN} decrements the program counter by the value
486of @code{DECR_PC_AFTER_HW_BREAK} after a hardware break-point. This
487overrides the value of @code{DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK} when a breakpoint
488that breaks is a hardware-assisted breakpoint.
489
490@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
491@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
492If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
493watchpoint to step over it.
494
495@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
496@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
497If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
498watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
499
500@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
501@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
502If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
503inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
504
505@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
506@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
507If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
508watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
509
510@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
511@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
512Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
513the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
514@end table
515
516@subsection x86 Watchpoints
517@cindex x86 debug registers
518@cindex watchpoints, on x86
519
520The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
521registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
522generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
523support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
524subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
525
526To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
527following:
528
529@itemize @bullet
530@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
531@item
532Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
533target-dependent headers.
534
535@item
536Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
537defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
538
539@item
540Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
541@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
542@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
543
544@item
545Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
546below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
547which does the real work.
548@end itemize
549
550The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
551debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
552real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
553provide:
554
555@table @code
556@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
557@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
558Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
559
560@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
561@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
562Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
563
564@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
565@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
566Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
567number @var{idx}.
568
569@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
570@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
571Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
572used immediately after it is returned by
573@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
574register values.
575@end table
576
577For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
578that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
579to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
580allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
581expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
582wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
583maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
584anything to use this feature.
585
586The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
587bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
588be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
589region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
590@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
591bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
592a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
593region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
594
595The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
596@value{GDBN}'s application code:
597
598@table @code
599@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
600@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
601The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
602this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
603watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
604less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
605processors.
606
607@findex i386_stopped_data_address
608@item i386_stopped_data_address (void)
609The macros @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
610@code{target_stopped_data_address} are set to call this function. The
611argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
612function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
613Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
614macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
615set in DR6.
616
617@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
618@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
619@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
620@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
621Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
622@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
623are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
624looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
625region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
626reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
627register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
628the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
629value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
630register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
631and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
632inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
633@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
634required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
635each debug register.
636
637@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
638in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
639length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
640values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
641@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
642watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
643decrements the reference count, and only calls
644@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
645the count goes to zero.
646
647@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
648@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
649@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}
650@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
651These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
652macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
653@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
654These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
655@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
656the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
657hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
658register.
659
660@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
661@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
662This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
663hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
664@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't return the
665address whose watchpoint triggered.
666
667@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
668@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
669This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
670bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
671the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
672@end table
673
674@noindent
675@strong{Notes:}
676@enumerate 1
677@item
678x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
679However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
680@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
681watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
682on x86.
683
684@item
685x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
686only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
687there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
688whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
689current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
690always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
691watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
692unavailable in many platforms.
693@end enumerate
694
bcd7e15f
JB
695@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
696@cindex observer pattern interface
697@cindex notifications about changes in internals
698
699In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
700some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
701modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
702hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
703versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
704@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
705a strong limitation.
706
707A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
708Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
709a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
710previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
711easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
712interface when adding new notifications.
713
714See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
715currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
716implementation is also briefly discussed.
717
c906108c
SS
718@node User Interface
719
720@chapter User Interface
721
25822942 722@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
723is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
724
725@section Command Interpreter
726
56caf160 727@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 728@cindex CLI
25822942 729The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
730allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
731has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
732a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
733
56caf160
EZ
734For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
735@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
736to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
737
56caf160
EZ
738@findex add_cmd
739@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
740To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
741the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 742place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 743the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 744
40dd2248
TT
745@findex add_setshow_cmd
746@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
747To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
748@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
749a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
750further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
751the new command structures for manipulation.
752
56caf160
EZ
753@cindex deprecating commands
754@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
755Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
756deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
757aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
758@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
759return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
760command immediately after it is created.
761
c72e7388 762The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60
FN
763replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
764@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the
765entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 766
0ee54786
EZ
767@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
768@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
769@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
770
771@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
772The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
773@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
774interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
775from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
776every UI, to produce output.
777
778@subsection Overview and Terminology
779
780In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
781of output, and can even generate an input request.
782
783Output can be generated for the following purposes:
784
785@itemize @bullet
786@item
787to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
788
789@item
790to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
791operation;
792
793@item
794to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
795progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
796
797@item
798to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
799
800@item
801to show @emph{debug data};
802
803@item
804to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
805@end itemize
806
807@noindent
808This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
809although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
810
811Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
812involves one or more of the following:
813
814@itemize @bullet
815@item
816output of the actual data
817
818@item
819formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
820easily readable by humans
821
822@item
823machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
824parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
825
826@item
c72e7388
AC
827annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
828parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
829@end itemize
830
831The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
832Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
833of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
834deprecated.
835
c72e7388
AC
836Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
837a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
838non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
839header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 840
c72e7388
AC
841@table @code
842@item <table> @expansion{}
843@code{<header> <body>}
844@item <header> @expansion{}
845@code{@{ <column> @}}
846@item <column> @expansion{}
847@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
848@item <body> @expansion{}
849@code{@{<row>@}}
850@end table
0ee54786
EZ
851
852
853@subsection General Conventions
854
c72e7388
AC
855Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
856@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
857object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 858
c72e7388
AC
859The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
860to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 861
c72e7388
AC
862The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
863When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
864sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
865format.
866
c72e7388
AC
867When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
868call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
869
870
c72e7388 871@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
872
873@cindex list output functions
874@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
875@cindex tuple output functions
876This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
877tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
878(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 879
c72e7388
AC
880To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
881containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
882fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 883
c72e7388
AC
884Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
885rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
886even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
887
888@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
889Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
890maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
891
892The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
893
474c8240 894@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
895 ui_out_table_begin
896 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 897 @dots{}
0ee54786 898 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 899 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 900 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
901 @dots{}
902 ui_out_tuple_end
903 @dots{}
0ee54786 904 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 905@end smallexample
0ee54786 906
c72e7388 907Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
908functions:
909
c72e7388
AC
910@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
911The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
912of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
913function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
914the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
915@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
916pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
917@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
918was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
919
920The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
921the end of the table's output.
922@end deftypefun
923
c72e7388
AC
924@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
925@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
926table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
927column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
928@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
929
930The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
931value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
932@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
933center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
934specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
935column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
936call.
0ee54786
EZ
937@end deftypefun
938
939@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 940This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
941@end deftypefun
942
943@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
944This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
945after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
946functions.
0ee54786
EZ
947
948There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
949call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
950will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
951@end deftypefun
952
c72e7388 953The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 954call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
955@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
956@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
957calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
958
c72e7388
AC
959@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
960This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
961to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
962implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
963after the call.
964@end deftypefun
965
966@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
967This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
968one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
969@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
970be signaled.
971@end deftypefun
972
973@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
974This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
975(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
976and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 977cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
978@smallexample
979struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
980ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
981old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
982 uiout);
983@end smallexample
984@end deftypefun
985
986@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
987This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
988an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
989implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
990after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
991@end deftypefun
992
993@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
994This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
995one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
996@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
997be signaled.
998@end deftypefun
999
1000@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1001Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1002opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1003that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1004@end deftypefun
1005
1006@subsection Item Output Functions
1007
1008@cindex item output functions
1009@cindex field output functions
1010@cindex data output
1011The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1012items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1013
1014Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1015
1016@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1017This is the most general output function. It produces the
1018representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1019according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1020@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1021supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1022supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1023
1024This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1025use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1026@end deftypefun
1027
c72e7388 1028@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1029This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1030@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1031the name of the field.
1032@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1033
1034@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1035This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1036@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1037@var{fldname} specifies
1038the name of the field.
1039@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1040
c72e7388 1041@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1042This function outputs an address.
1043@end deftypefun
1044
c72e7388 1045@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1046This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1047specification.
1048@end deftypefun
1049
1050Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1051functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1052@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1053the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1054used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1055of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1056@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1057you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1058@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1059@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1060and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1061constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1062you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1063@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1064
1065@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1066This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1067same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1068passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1069@code{ui_stream} object.
1070@end deftypefun
1071
1072@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1073This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1074@var{streambuf}.
1075@end deftypefun
1076
c72e7388 1077@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1078This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1079@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1080@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1081@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1082the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1083@end deftypefun
1084
1085@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1086out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1087@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1088cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1089skeleton code to do that:
1090
1091@smallexample
1092 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1093 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1094 ...
1095 do_cleanups (old);
1096@end smallexample
1097
1098If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1099of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1100
1101@smallexample
1102 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1103 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1104@end smallexample
1105
1106Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1107@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1108same buffer twice.
1109
1110@subsection Utility Output Functions
1111
c72e7388 1112@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1113This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1114an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1115@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1116@end deftypefun
1117
c72e7388 1118@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1119This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1120easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1121this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1122from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1123
1124Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1125the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1126to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1127string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1128output short messages.
1129@end deftypefun
1130
1131@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1132This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1133text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1134list.
1135@end deftypefun
1136
c72e7388 1137@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1138This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1139verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1140current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1141verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1142setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1143as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1144argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1145@end deftypefun
1146
1147@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1148This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1149of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1150output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1151be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1152accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1153explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1154@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1155@end deftypefun
1156
1157@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1158This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1159the UI buffers output.
1160@end deftypefun
1161
1162
1163@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1164
1165@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1166@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1167This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1168functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1169@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1170@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1171
1172This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1173produce a table.
1174
1175The original code was:
1176
474c8240 1177@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1178 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1179 @{
1180 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1181
1182 annotate_field (0);
1183 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1184 annotate_field (1);
1185 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1186 annotate_field (2);
1187 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1188 annotate_field (3);
1189 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1190 if (addressprint)
1191 @{
1192 annotate_field (4);
1193 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1194 @}
1195 annotate_field (5);
1196 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1197
1198 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1199 @}
474c8240 1200@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1201
1202Here's the new version:
1203
474c8240 1204@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1205 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1206
1207 if (addressprint)
1208 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1209 else
1210 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1211
1212 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1213 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1214 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1215 annotate_field (0);
1216 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1217 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1218 annotate_field (1);
1219 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1220 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1221 annotate_field (2);
1222 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1223 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1224 annotate_field (3);
1225 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1226 if (addressprint)
1227 @{
1228 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1229 annotate_field (4);
1230 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1231 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1232 else
c72e7388
AC
1233 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1234 @}
1235 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1236 annotate_field (5);
1237 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1238 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1239 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1240 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1241@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1242
1243This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1244to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1245in the above example. The original code was:
1246
474c8240 1247@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1248 annotate_record ();
1249 annotate_field (0);
1250 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1251 annotate_field (1);
1252 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1253 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1254 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1255 (int)b->type);
1256 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1257 annotate_field (2);
1258 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1259 annotate_field (3);
1260 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1261 @dots{}
474c8240 1262@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1263
1264This is the new version:
1265
474c8240 1266@smallexample
0ee54786 1267 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1268 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1269 annotate_field (0);
1270 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1271 annotate_field (1);
1272 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1273 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1274 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1275 (int) b->type);
1276 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1277 annotate_field (2);
1278 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1279 annotate_field (3);
1280 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1281 @dots{}
474c8240 1282@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1283
1284This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1285produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1286functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1287automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1288
474c8240 1289@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1290 annotate_field (5);
1291 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1292@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1293
1294The new version is:
1295
474c8240 1296@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1297 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1298 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1299 ...
1300 annotate_field (5);
1301 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1302 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1303@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1304
1305This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1306@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1307was:
1308
474c8240 1309@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1310 annotate_field (5);
1311 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1312 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1313 else
1314 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1315@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1316
1317It became:
1318
474c8240 1319@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1320 annotate_field (5);
1321 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1322 @{
1323 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1324 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1325 @}
1326 else
1327 @{
1328 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1329 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1330 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1331 @}
474c8240 1332@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1333
1334The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1335use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1336code was:
1337
474c8240 1338@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1339 annotate_field (5);
1340 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1341 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1342@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1343
1344It became:
1345
474c8240 1346@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1347 annotate_field (5);
1348 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1349 @{
1350 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1351 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1352 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1353 @}
474c8240 1354@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1355
1356Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1357code was:
1358
474c8240 1359@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1360 annotate_field (5);
1361 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1362 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1363@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1364
1365It became:
1366
474c8240 1367@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1368 annotate_field (5);
1369 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1370 @{
1371 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1372 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1373 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1374 @}
474c8240 1375@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1376
1377Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1378
474c8240 1379@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1380 annotate_field (4);
1381 printf_filtered ("%s ",
1382 local_hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, "08l"));
474c8240 1383@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1384
1385It became:
1386
474c8240 1387@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1388 annotate_field (4);
1389 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1390@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1391
1392
c906108c
SS
1393@section Console Printing
1394
1395@section TUI
1396
89437448 1397@node libgdb
c906108c 1398
89437448
AC
1399@chapter libgdb
1400
1401@section libgdb 1.0
1402@cindex @code{libgdb}
1403@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1404to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1405
1406@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1407@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1408@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1409better able to support graphical and other environments.
1410
1411Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1412evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1413
1414@itemize @bullet
1415@item
1416Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1417@item
1418Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1419@item
1420Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1421@item
1422Library - @file{gdb.h}
1423@end itemize
1424
1425The model that ties these components together is described below.
1426
1427@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1428
1429A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1430
1431@itemize @bullet
1432@item
1433As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1434@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1435state, etc).
1436@item
1437As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1438obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1439@end itemize
1440
1441Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g. a GUI supporting
1442the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1443controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1444@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1445before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1446
1447@section CLI support
1448
1449At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1450@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1451their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1452requirements.
1453
1454It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1455(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1456out the theory:
1457
1458@itemize @bullet
1459@item
1460The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1461@item
1462The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1463versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1464@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1465@item
1466The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1467used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1468@end itemize
1469
1470When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1471along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1472the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1473through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1474At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1475virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1476
1477The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1478@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1479client's custom builder).
1480
1481@section @code{libgdb} components
1482
1483@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1484@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1485be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1486observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1487the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1488finished the current command.
1489
1490@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1491@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1492create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1493when doing any queries.
1494
1495@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1496@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1497@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1498loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1499implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1500
1501The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1502@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1503instead of returning.
1504
1505@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1506@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1507the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1508builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1509before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1510
1511@node Symbol Handling
1512
1513@chapter Symbol Handling
1514
25822942 1515Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1516functions, and types.
1517
1518@section Symbol Reading
1519
56caf160
EZ
1520@cindex symbol reading
1521@cindex reading of symbols
1522@cindex symbol files
1523@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1524file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1525debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1526symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1527more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1528reading symbols from shared libraries.
1529
1530@findex find_sym_fns
1531Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1532the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1533of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1534this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1535
1536@findex add_symtab_fns
1537@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1538@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1539Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1540@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1541to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1542name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1543and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1544times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1545prefix.
1546
1547The functions supplied by each module are:
1548
1549@table @code
1550@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1551
56caf160 1552@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1553Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1554symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1555resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1556read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1557might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1558whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1559
1560The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1561@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1562new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1563and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1564information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1565in the @code{private} field.
1566
1567There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1568@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1569
1570@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1571
1572Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1573This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1574state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1575@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1576arguments and no result. It may be called after
1577@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1578may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1579
1580@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1581
1582Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1583symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1584
56caf160 1585@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1586@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1587the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1588address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
1589table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g. shared library
1590or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1591@end table
1592
1593In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1594@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1595to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1596from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1597
1598@table @code
1599@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1600
56caf160 1601Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1602the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1603pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1604symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1605@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1606zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1607@end table
1608
1609@section Partial Symbol Tables
1610
56caf160 1611@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1612
1613@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1614@cindex full symbol table
1615@cindex symtabs
1616@item
1617Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1618information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1619
56caf160
EZ
1620@cindex psymtabs
1621@item
1622Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1623information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1624symbol table.
1625
56caf160
EZ
1626@cindex minimal symbol table
1627@cindex minsymtabs
1628@item
1629Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1630gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1631@end itemize
1632
56caf160 1633@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1634This section describes partial symbol tables.
1635
1636A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1637file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1638extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1639need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1640information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1641quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1642pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1643the user.
1644@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1645
1646The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1647visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1648that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1649types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1650
1651The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1652full symbol table would represent.
1653
56caf160
EZ
1654@cindex finding a symbol
1655@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1656The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1657code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1658
1659@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1660@findex find_pc_function
1661@findex find_pc_line
1662@item
1663By its address (e.g. execution stops at some address which is inside a
1664function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1665range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1666@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1667@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1668
56caf160
EZ
1669@cindex lookup_symbol
1670@item
1671By its name
c906108c
SS
1672(e.g. the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
1673function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1674psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1675have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1676case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1677qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1678local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1679does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1680@end itemize
1681
1682The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1683at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1684while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1685psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1686them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1687either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1688name.
1689
56caf160
EZ
1690It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1691been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1692in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1693all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1694ranges.
c906108c 1695
56caf160 1696The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1697thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1698be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1699bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1700and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1701on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1702unless you want to do a lot more work.
1703
1704@section Types
1705
56caf160 1706@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 1707
56caf160 1708@cindex fundamental types
25822942 1709These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
1710types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
1711into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
1712that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
1713knows about.
c906108c 1714
56caf160 1715@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 1716
56caf160
EZ
1717@cindex type codes
1718Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
1719of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
1720@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
1721which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
1722types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
1723other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
1724or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 1725
56caf160 1726@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
1727
1728These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
1729fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
1730use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
1731eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
1732initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
1733@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
1734an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
1735@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
1736only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
1737@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
1738some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
1739
1740@section Object File Formats
56caf160 1741@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
1742
1743@subsection a.out
1744
56caf160
EZ
1745@cindex @code{a.out} format
1746The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
1747consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
1748which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
1749respectively.
c906108c 1750
56caf160 1751The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 1752place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
1753@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
1754format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
1755symbols with distinctive attributes.
1756
56caf160 1757The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
1758
1759@subsection COFF
1760
56caf160 1761@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
1762The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
1763COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
1764number of sections is limited.
1765
1766The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1767was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
1768instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
1769included file.
1770
1771The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
1772
1773@subsection ECOFF
1774
56caf160 1775@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
1776ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
1777workstations.
1778
1779The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
1780
1781@subsection XCOFF
1782
56caf160 1783@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
1784The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
1785The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
1786symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
1787@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
1788information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
1789
1790The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
1791shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
1792refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
1793relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
1794using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
1795been run (or the core file has been read).
1796
1797@subsection PE
1798
56caf160
EZ
1799@cindex PE-COFF format
1800Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
1801executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
1802
25822942 1803While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
1804COFF reader.
1805
1806@subsection ELF
1807
56caf160 1808@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
1809The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
1810to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
1811many of COFF's limitations.
1812
1813The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
1814
1815@subsection SOM
1816
56caf160 1817@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
1818SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
1819SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
1820
1821The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
1822
1823@subsection Other File Formats
1824
56caf160 1825@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 1826Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 1827Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
1828
1829@section Debugging File Formats
1830
1831This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
1832are independent of the object file format.
1833
1834@subsection stabs
1835
56caf160 1836@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
1837@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
1838format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
1839formats, such as COFF and ELF.
1840
1841While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
1842including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
1843the real work.
1844
1845@subsection COFF
1846
56caf160 1847@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1848The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
1849of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
1850
1851@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
1852
56caf160 1853@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1854ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
1855
1856The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
1857
1858@subsection DWARF 1
1859
56caf160 1860@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1861DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
1862used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
1863
c906108c
SS
1864@c GCC_PRODUCER
1865@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
1866@c LCC_PRODUCER
1867@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
1868@c these have reasonable defaults already.
1869
1870The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
1871
1872@subsection DWARF 2
1873
56caf160 1874@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1875DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
1876
1877The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
1878
1879@subsection SOM
1880
56caf160 1881@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
1882Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
1883
25822942 1884@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1885
56caf160
EZ
1886@cindex adding debugging info reader
1887If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
1888there is probably little to be done.
1889
1890If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
1891BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
1892
1893You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 1894debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 1895from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 1896information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
1897internal data structures.
1898
1899For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
1900to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
1901platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
1902will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
1903directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 1904@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
1905
1906
1907@node Language Support
1908
1909@chapter Language Support
1910
56caf160
EZ
1911@cindex language support
1912@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
1913although it is possible for the user to set the source language
1914manually.
c906108c 1915
56caf160
EZ
1916@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
1917of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
1918means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
1919identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 1920
25822942 1921@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1922
56caf160
EZ
1923@cindex adding source language
1924To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
1925following steps:
c906108c
SS
1926
1927@table @emph
1928@item Create the expression parser.
1929
56caf160 1930@cindex expression parser
c906108c 1931This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 1932building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
1933@file{parse.c}.
1934
56caf160 1935@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
1936Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
1937parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 1938@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
1939various parsers from defining the same global names:
1940
474c8240 1941@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
1942#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
1943#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
1944#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
1945#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
1946#define yychar @var{lang}_char
1947#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
1948#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
1949#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
1950#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
1951#define yydef @var{lang}_def
1952#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
1953#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
1954#define yyact @var{lang}_act
1955#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
1956#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
1957#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 1958@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
1959
1960At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
1961initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
1962@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 1963@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
1964that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
1965and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
1966@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
1967language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
1968for more information.
1969
1970@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
1971
56caf160
EZ
1972@cindex expression evaluation routines
1973@findex evaluate_subexp
1974@findex prefixify_subexp
1975@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
1976If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
1977add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
1978code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
1979defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 1980for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 1981@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
1982the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
1983
1984@item Update some existing code
1985
1986Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
1987@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
1988
1989Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
1990These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
1991are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
1992statement, an error is reported.
1993
56caf160 1994@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
1995Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
1996@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
1997@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
1998string.
1999
56caf160 2000@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2001Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2002language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2003dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2004
56caf160 2005@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2006Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2007code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2008This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2009Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2010file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2011information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2012code.
2013
56caf160
EZ
2014@findex print_subexp
2015@findex op_print_tab
2016Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2017expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2018printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2019
2020@item Add a place of call
2021
56caf160 2022@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2023Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2024@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2025
2026@item Use macros to trim code
2027
56caf160 2028@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2029The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2030languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2031@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2032macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2033leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2034using your language.
2035
25822942 2036Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2037is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2038compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2039
56caf160
EZ
2040See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2041for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2042
2043@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2044
2045Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2046variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2047not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2048distribution!
c906108c
SS
2049@end table
2050
2051
2052@node Host Definition
2053
2054@chapter Host Definition
2055
56caf160 2056With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2057definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2058mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2059
2060@section Adding a New Host
2061
56caf160
EZ
2062@cindex adding a new host
2063@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2064@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2065New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2066@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2067below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2068eventually disappear.
c906108c 2069
c906108c 2070@table @file
c906108c 2071@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2072This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2073(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2074configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2075
2076Host configuration information included a definition of
2077@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2078@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2079@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2080
7fd60527
AC
2081New host only configurations do not need this file.
2082
c906108c 2083@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2084This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2085gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2086handled by Autoconf.
2087
2088New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2089
2090@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2091file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2092@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2093also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2094
c906108c
SS
2095@end table
2096
2097@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2098
56caf160 2099@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2100There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2101various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2102defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2103the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2104@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2105
2106Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2107to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2108Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2109into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2110
2111@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2112@cindex remote debugging support
2113@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2114@item ser-unix.c
2115This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2116included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2117variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2118
2119@item ser-go32.c
2120This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2121using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2122
56caf160 2123@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2124@item ser-tcp.c
2125This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2126@end table
2127
2128@section Host Conditionals
2129
56caf160
EZ
2130When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2131defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2132attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2133the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2134they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2135
56caf160 2136@ftable @code
25822942 2137@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2138The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2139@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2140
cce74817
JM
2141@item NO_STD_REGS
2142This macro is deprecated.
2143
c906108c
SS
2144@item NO_SYS_FILE
2145Define this if your system does not have a @code{<sys/file.h>}.
2146
2147@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2148If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2149of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2150
2151@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2152Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2153the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2154
2155@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2156@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2157Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2158@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2159@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2160on several different types of systems.
2161
2162@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2163@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2164Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2165line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2166characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2167which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2168mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2169
2170@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2171@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2172The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2173
2174@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2175@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2176The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2177
2178@item FCLOSE_PROVIDED
2179Define this if the system declares @code{fclose} in the headers included
2180in @code{defs.h}. This isn't needed unless your compiler is unusually
2181anal.
2182
2183@item FOPEN_RB
2184Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2185
2186@item GETENV_PROVIDED
2187Define this if the system declares @code{getenv} in its headers included
56caf160 2188in @code{defs.h}. This isn't needed unless your compiler is unusually
c906108c
SS
2189anal.
2190
2191@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2192@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2193In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2194tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2195
c906108c
SS
2196@item HAVE_TERMIO
2197Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2198
c906108c 2199@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2200@itemx INT_MIN
2201@itemx LONG_MAX
2202@itemx UINT_MAX
2203@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2204Values for host-side constants.
2205
2206@item ISATTY
2207Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2208
2209@item LONGEST
2210This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2211it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2212@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2213
2214@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2215@cindex @code{long long} data type
2216Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2217by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2218
2219@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2220Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2221the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2222@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2223
2224@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2225Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2226set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2227
2228@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2229Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2230numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2231set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2232
2233@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2234Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2235float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2236@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2237
2238@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2239Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2240@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2241is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2242
2243@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2244This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2245@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2246which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2247
c906108c
SS
2248@item MMAP_BASE_ADDRESS
2249When using HAVE_MMAP, the first mapping should go at this address.
2250
2251@item MMAP_INCREMENT
2252when using HAVE_MMAP, this is the increment between mappings.
2253
c906108c
SS
2254@item NORETURN
2255If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2256that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2257indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2258if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2259
2260@item ATTR_NORETURN
2261If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2262@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2263of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2264set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2265defined.
2266
2267@item USE_MMALLOC
56caf160
EZ
2268@findex mmalloc
2269@value{GDBN} will use the @code{mmalloc} library for memory allocation
2270for symbol reading if this symbol is defined. Be careful defining it
2271since there are systems on which @code{mmalloc} does not work for some
2272reason. One example is the DECstation, where its RPC library can't
2273cope with our redefinition of @code{malloc} to call @code{mmalloc}.
2274When defining @code{USE_MMALLOC}, you will also have to set
2275@code{MMALLOC} in the Makefile, to point to the @code{mmalloc} library. This
2276define is set when you configure with @samp{--with-mmalloc}.
c906108c
SS
2277
2278@item NO_MMCHECK
56caf160 2279@findex mmcheck
c906108c
SS
2280Define this if you are using @code{mmalloc}, but don't want the overhead
2281of checking the heap with @code{mmcheck}. Note that on some systems,
56caf160 2282the C runtime makes calls to @code{malloc} prior to calling @code{main}, and if
c906108c
SS
2283@code{free} is ever called with these pointers after calling
2284@code{mmcheck} to enable checking, a memory corruption abort is certain
56caf160
EZ
2285to occur. These systems can still use @code{mmalloc}, but must define
2286@code{NO_MMCHECK}.
c906108c
SS
2287
2288@item MMCHECK_FORCE
2289Define this to 1 if the C runtime allocates memory prior to
2290@code{mmcheck} being called, but that memory is never freed so we don't
2291have to worry about it triggering a memory corruption abort. The
2292default is 0, which means that @code{mmcheck} will only install the heap
2293checking functions if there has not yet been any memory allocation
56caf160 2294calls, and if it fails to install the functions, @value{GDBN} will issue a
c906108c 2295warning. This is currently defined if you configure using
56caf160 2296@samp{--with-mmalloc}.
c906108c
SS
2297
2298@item NO_SIGINTERRUPT
56caf160
EZ
2299@findex siginterrupt
2300Define this to indicate that @code{siginterrupt} is not available.
c906108c 2301
c906108c 2302@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2303@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2304Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2305defined.
2306
2307@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2308This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2309@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c
SS
2310
2311@item USE_O_NOCTTY
56caf160 2312Define this if the interior's tty should be opened with the @code{O_NOCTTY}
c906108c
SS
2313flag. (FIXME: This should be a native-only flag, but @file{inflow.c} is
2314always linked in.)
2315
2316@item USG
2317Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2318This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2319@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2320
2321@item lint
56caf160 2322Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2323
2324@item volatile
2325Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2326@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2327@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2328
2329
2330@node Target Architecture Definition
2331
2332@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2333
56caf160
EZ
2334@cindex target architecture definition
2335@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2336machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2337with them.
c906108c 2338
af6c57ea
AC
2339The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2340@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2341using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2342
70f80edf
JT
2343@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2344@cindex OS ABI variants
2345
2346@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2347ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2348variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2349components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2350
2351A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2352(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2353OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2354to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2355considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2356overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2357architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2358different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2359OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2360examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2361sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2362
2363@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2364A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2365selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2366for each BFD architecture.
2367
2368The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}:
2369
2370@table @code
2371
2372@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2373@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2374The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2375settings for the architecture will be used.
2376
2377@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2378@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2379UNIX System V Release 4
2380
2381@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2382@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
2383GNU using the Hurd kernel
2384
2385@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2386@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2387Sun Solaris
2388
2389@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2390@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2391OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX
2392
2393@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2394@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2395GNU using the Linux kernel
2396
2397@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2398@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2399FreeBSD using the a.out executable format
2400
2401@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2402@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2403FreeBSD using the ELF executable format
2404
2405@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2406@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2407NetBSD using the a.out executable format
2408
2409@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2410@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2411NetBSD using the ELF executable format
2412
2413@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2414@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2415Windows CE
2416
1029b7fa
MK
2417@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2418@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
2419DJGPP
2420
2421@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2422@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2423Novell NetWare
2424
70f80edf
JT
2425@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2426@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2427ARM Embedded ABI version 1
2428
2429@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2430@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2431ARM Embedded ABI version 2
2432
2433@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2434@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2435Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard
2436
2437@end table
2438
2439Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2440
2441@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2442Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2443@end deftypefun
2444
c133ab7a 2445@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2446Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2447architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2448@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2449machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2450will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2451@end deftypefun
2452
2453@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2454Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2455BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2456If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2457be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2458any architecture.
2459@end deftypefun
2460
2461@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2462Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2463The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2464be determined.
2465@end deftypefun
2466
2467@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2468Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2469@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2470corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2471architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2472with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2473@end deftypefun
2474
c906108c
SS
2475@section Registers and Memory
2476
56caf160
EZ
2477@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2478@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2479block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2480
56caf160
EZ
2481@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2482compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2483that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2484to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2485and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2486
25822942 2487@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2488
93e79dbd
JB
2489@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2490@cindex pointer representation
2491@cindex address representation
2492@cindex word-addressed machines
2493@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2494@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2495@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2496@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2497@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2498@cindex D10V addresses
2499
2500On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2501indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2502whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2503machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2504However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2505address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2506identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2507
172c2a43 2508For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2509instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2510actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2511jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2512full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2513If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2514then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2515However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2516low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2517zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2518the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2519refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2520code space.
2521
2522However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2523forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2524@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2525@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2526
2527(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2528affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2529going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2530
56caf160
EZ
2531To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2532one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2533byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2534of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2535@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2536@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2537@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2538and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2539
2540Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2541processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2542each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2543distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2544clean up some architecture-independent code.
2545
2546Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2547
2548@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2549Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2550@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2551appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2552@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2553@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2554inferior's.
2555
2556For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2557extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2558@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2559D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2560@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2561
2562If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2563will signal an internal error.
2564@end deftypefun
2565
2566@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2567Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2568pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2569@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2570inferior's.
2571
2572For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2573stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2574appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2575is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2576a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2577
2578If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2579will signal an internal error.
2580@end deftypefun
2581
f23631e4 2582@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2583Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2584as appropriate for the current architecture.
2585
2586This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2587For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2588described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2589@end deftypefun
2590
2591@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2592Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2593the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2594This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2595above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2596@end deftypefun
2597
93e79dbd
JB
2598Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2599relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2600definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2601simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2602
2603@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2604Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2605appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2606address the pointer refers to.
2607
2608This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2609C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2610@end deftypefn
2611
2612@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2613Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2614@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2615
2616This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2617C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2618@end deftypefn
2619
b5b0480a
KB
2620@section Address Classes
2621@cindex address classes
2622@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2623@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2624
2625Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2626via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2627define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2628distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2629info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2630address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2631following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2632types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2633a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2634
2635@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2636Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2637is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2638This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2639@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2640@end deftypefn
2641
2642@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2643Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2644its name.
2645@end deftypefn
2646@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
2647Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
2648for that address class qualifier.
2649@end deftypefn
2650
2651Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2652the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2653macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2654
2655Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
265632-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2657suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2658uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2659of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2660to implement the address class macros:
2661
2662@smallexample
2663somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2664 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2665@{
b5b0480a
KB
2666 if (byte_size == 2)
2667 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2668 else
2669 return 0;
f2abfe65 2670@}
b5b0480a
KB
2671
2672static char *
2673somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2674@{
b5b0480a
KB
2675 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2676 return "short";
2677 else
2678 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2679@}
b5b0480a
KB
2680
2681int
2682somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2683 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2684@{
b5b0480a 2685 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2686 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2687 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2688 return 1;
f2abfe65 2689 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2690 else
2691 return 0;
f2abfe65 2692@}
b5b0480a
KB
2693@end smallexample
2694
2695The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
2696to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
2697the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
2698short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
2699
2700@smallexample
2701(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
2702type = int * @@short
2703@end smallexample
2704
93e79dbd 2705
13d01224
AC
2706@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
2707@cindex raw register representation
2708@cindex virtual register representation
2709@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
2710
2711@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
2712functionality described here has largely been replaced by
2713pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
2714Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
2715Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
2716Bug Tracking Database} and
2717@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
2718up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 2719
9fb4dd36
JB
2720Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
2721register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 2722In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 2723the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 2724used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 2725
13d01224
AC
2726@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
2727both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
2728register forms.}
2729
9fb4dd36
JB
2730For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
2731raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2732However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
2733
2734@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 2735@item
56caf160 2736The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
2737we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
2738floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
2739are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
2740allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
2741type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
2742arrangement is the virtual representation.
2743
2744@item
25822942
DB
2745Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
2746registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
2747bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
2748raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
2749virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
2750@end itemize
2751
2752In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
2753@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
2754can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
2755@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
2756@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 2757
56caf160
EZ
2758Your architecture may define the following macros to request
2759conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
2760
2761@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
2762Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
2763and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
2764
2765You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
2766unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
2767@end deftypefn
2768
12c266ea 2769@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 2770The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 2771of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2772remote protocol packet.
2773@end deftypefn
2774
f30992d4 2775@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2776The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
2777This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
2778register's value.
2779@end deftypefn
2780
2e092625 2781@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2782This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
2783@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 2784register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2785always uses the virtual form.
2786@end deftypefn
2787
2788@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2789Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2790should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2791at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2792convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2793
6f6ef15a
EZ
2794Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
2795@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
2796arguments in different orders.
2797
2798You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
2799for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
2800value.
9fb4dd36
JB
2801@end deftypefn
2802
2803@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2804Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2805should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2806at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2807convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2808
2809Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
2810their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2811@end deftypefn
2812
2813
13d01224
AC
2814@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
2815@cindex register representation
2816@cindex memory representation
2817@cindex representations, register and memory
2818@cindex register data formats, converting
2819@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
2820
2821@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
2822significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this
2823section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
2824@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
2825@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
2826further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
2827
2828Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
2829form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
2830For example:
2831
2832@itemize @bullet
2833
2834@item
2835The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
2836floating-point registers.
2837
2838@item
2839The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
2840@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
2841when stored in a register.
2842
2843@end itemize
2844
2845In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
2846the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
2847the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
2848Interface.
2849
2850For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
2851representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2852However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
2853following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
2854representations of a data type:
2855
2856@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
2857Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
2858register may be different to the representation of that same data value
2859when stored in memory.
2860
2861When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
2862@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
2863@end deftypefn
2864
2865@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2866Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
2867@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
2868format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
2869
2870Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2871their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2872
2873You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
2874the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2875@end deftypefn
2876
2877@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2878Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
2879raw format.
2880
2881Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2882their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2883
2884You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
2885the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2886@end deftypefn
2887
2888@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2889See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
2890@end deftypefn
2891
2892
c906108c
SS
2893@section Frame Interpretation
2894
2895@section Inferior Call Setup
2896
2897@section Compiler Characteristics
2898
2899@section Target Conditionals
2900
2901This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
2902machine.
2903
2904@table @code
2905
c906108c 2906@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 2907@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
2908If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
2909really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 2910expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
2911addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
2912
2913For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
29142.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
2915instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
2916boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
2917address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
2918bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 2919
b5b0480a
KB
2920@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
2921@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
2922If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
2923referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
2924and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
2925return 0.
2926
2927The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
2928@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
2929possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
2930@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2931
2932@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2933@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2934Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
2935has been defined.
2936
2937@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2938@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2939Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
2940the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
2941used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
2942returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
2943@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
2944values or'd together.
2945@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2946
2947@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2948@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2949Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
2950been defined.
2951
2952@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
2953@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
2954Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
2955flags given by @var{type_flags}.
2956
2957@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
2958@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
2959Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
2960been defined.
2961@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2962
93e79dbd 2963@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 2964@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
2965Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2966@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2967This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2968C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2969@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
2970
c906108c 2971@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
2972@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
2973Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
2974parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
2975original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c
SS
2976
2977@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION_TYPE
56caf160
EZ
2978@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION_TYPE
2979Define this if @value{GDBN} should believe the type of a @code{short}
2980argument when compiled by @code{pcc}, but look within a full int space to get
2981its value. Only defined for Sun-3 at present.
c906108c
SS
2982
2983@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
2984@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
2985Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 2986endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 2987are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
2988
2989@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 2990@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2991This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
2992memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
2993instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
2994pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
2995longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
2996
56caf160
EZ
2997@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
2998@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2999
c906108c 3000@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3001@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3002@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3003@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3004Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3005
56caf160
EZ
3006@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3007favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3008
2dd0da42
AC
3009@item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3010@itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3011@itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3012@findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3013@findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3014@findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
3015Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target.
3016@code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT},
3017@code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and
3018@code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3019favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}).
c906108c 3020
56caf160
EZ
3021@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3022@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
3023@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
3024contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3025a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3026length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3027counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3028breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3029
3030Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3031not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3032instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3033instruction of the architecture.
3034
7a292a7a
SS
3035Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3036
56caf160
EZ
3037@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
3038@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
3039@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
3040@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
3041Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3042(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3043@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
3044provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
3045architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3046@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3047likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3048conventional manner.
3049
3050It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3051custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3052@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3053reason.
3054
1485d690
KB
3055@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3056@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3057@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3058Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3059address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3060breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3061
3062The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3063The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3064instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3065instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3066one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3067in parallel.
3068
3069In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3070from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3071information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3072refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3073if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3074statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3075instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3076(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3077in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3078at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3079
3080The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3081breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3082the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3083
3084Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3085expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3086is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3087
b1e29e33
AC
3088@item DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS
3089@findex DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS
56caf160 3090Pointer to an array of @code{LONGEST} words of data containing
b8b527c5
AC
3091host-byte-ordered @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE} sized values that
3092partially specify the sequence of instructions needed for an inferior
3093function call.
7a292a7a 3094
56caf160 3095Should be deprecated in favor of a macro that uses target-byte-ordered
7a292a7a
SS
3096data.
3097
7043d8dc
AC
3098This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3099(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3100
b1e29e33
AC
3101@item DEPRECATED_SIZEOF_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS
3102@findex DEPRECATED_SIZEOF_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS
3103The size of @code{DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS}. This must return a
3104positive value. See also @code{DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_LENGTH}.
c906108c 3105
7043d8dc
AC
3106This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3107(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3108
c906108c 3109@item CALL_DUMMY
56caf160 3110@findex CALL_DUMMY
b1e29e33
AC
3111A static initializer for @code{DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS}.
3112Deprecated.
7a292a7a 3113
7043d8dc
AC
3114This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3115(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3116
c906108c 3117@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3118@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3119See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3120
7043d8dc
AC
3121This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3122(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3123
1bf6d5cc
AC
3124@item DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_STACK_ADJUST
3125@findex DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_STACK_ADJUST
3126Stack adjustment needed when performing an inferior function call. This
b81774d8 3127function is no longer needed. @xref{push_dummy_call}, which can handle
1bf6d5cc 3128all alignment directly.
c906108c 3129
56caf160
EZ
3130@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3131@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3132A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3133from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3134@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3135
56caf160
EZ
3136@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3137@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3138A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3139written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3140status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3141@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c
SS
3142
3143@item DO_DEFERRED_STORES
a5d7c491 3144@itemx CLEAR_DEFERRED_STORES
56caf160
EZ
3145@findex CLEAR_DEFERRED_STORES
3146@findex DO_DEFERRED_STORES
c906108c
SS
3147Define this to execute any deferred stores of registers into the inferior,
3148and to cancel any deferred stores.
3149
3150Currently only implemented correctly for native Sparc configurations?
3151
13d01224
AC
3152@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3153@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3154Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3155non-standard form.
3156@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3157
c906108c 3158@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3159@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3160Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3161program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3162@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c
SS
3163
3164@item DECR_PC_AFTER_HW_BREAK
56caf160 3165@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_HW_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3166Similarly, for hardware breakpoints.
3167
56caf160
EZ
3168@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3169@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3170If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3171library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3172
5e74b15c 3173@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3174@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3175If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3176the processor's floating point unit.
3177
0ab7a791
AC
3178@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3179@findex print_registers_info
3180If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3181specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3182either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3183registers (@var{all} is zero).
3184
3185The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3186zero omits floating-point registers.
3187
e76f1f2e
AC
3188@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3189@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3190If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3191to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3192
3193By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3194registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3195
0dcedd82 3196@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3197@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3198Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3199no conversion will be performed.
3200
3201@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3202@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3203Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3204defined, no conversion will be performed.
3205
3206@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3207@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3208Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3209no conversion will be performed.
3210
c906108c 3211@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3212@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3213This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3214@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3215
56caf160
EZ
3216@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3217@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3218Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3219the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3220into @var{valbuf}.
3221
92ad9cd9
AC
3222This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3223(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3224
56caf160
EZ
3225@item EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3226@findex EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
92ad9cd9 3227@anchor{EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3228When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3229register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3230its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3231
92ad9cd9 3232@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6
AC
3233
3234@item EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
56caf160
EZ
3235@findex EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3236Predicate for @code{EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3237
0ba6dca9
AC
3238@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3239@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3240If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3241macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3242
0ba6dca9
AC
3243This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3244is not defined.
c906108c 3245
56caf160
EZ
3246@item FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3247@findex FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3248Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3249represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3250Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3251
790eb8f5
AC
3252@item frame_align (@var{address})
3253@anchor{frame_align}
3254@findex frame_align
3255Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3256requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3257alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3258stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3259
3260This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3261the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3262value are correctly aligned.
3263
f27dd7fd
AC
3264Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3265address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3266
3267By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3268
8b148df9
AC
3269@item int frame_red_zone_size
3270
3271The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3272@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3273allocating extra stack space).
3274
3275When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3276modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3277@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3278stack.
3279
3280By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3281(@pxref{frame_align}).
3282
3283The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3284@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3285@cindex red zone
3286
618ce49f
AC
3287@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3288@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3289Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3290
618ce49f
AC
3291@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3292@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3293Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3294outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3295situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3296chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3297startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3298@code{_start}.
c906108c 3299
f30ee0bc
AC
3300@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3301@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3302See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3303current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3304@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3305@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3306@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3307
fb8f8949 3308@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3309
56caf160
EZ
3310@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3311@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3312For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3313are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3314@code{-1}.
c906108c 3315
8bedc050
AC
3316@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3317@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3318@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3319saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3320
3321This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3322
3323@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3324@findex unwind_pc
3325@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3326caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
3327This is commonly refered to as the return address.
3328
3329The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3330is typically no more than:
3331
3332@smallexample
3333ULONGEST pc;
3334frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3335return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3336@end smallexample
3337
3338@noindent
8bedc050 3339@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3340
a9e5fdc2
AC
3341@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3342@findex unwind_sp
3343@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
3344commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
3345
3346The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3347is typically no more than:
3348
3349@smallexample
3350ULONGEST sp;
3351frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3352return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3353@end smallexample
3354
3355@noindent
3356@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3357
c906108c 3358@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3359@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3360For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3361function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3362@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3363function's epilogue.
3364
f7cb2b90 3365@item FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
56caf160 3366@findex FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3367An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3368used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3369function's first genuine instruction.
3370
3371This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
3372the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for example,
3373each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask indicating
3374which registers to save upon entry to the function. The VAX @code{call}
3375instructions check this value, and save the appropriate registers
3376automatically. Thus, since the offset from the function's address to
3377its first instruction is two bytes, @code{FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would
3378be 2 on the VAX.
3379
c906108c 3380@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3381@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3382@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3383@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3384If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3385look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3386are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3387respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3388
25822942 3389@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3390@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3391If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3392within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3393
56caf160 3394This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3395definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3396a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3397defined.
3398
25822942 3399@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3400@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3401This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3402@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3403HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3404used instead.
c906108c 3405
c906108c 3406@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3407@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3408For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3409DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3410the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3411
56caf160
EZ
3412This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3413assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3414@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3415pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3416
ac2adee5
AC
3417@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3418@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3419Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3420@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3421
268e2188
AC
3422@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3423@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3424Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3425conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3426feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3427repenting at leisure.
3428
9742079a
EZ
3429@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3430An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3431support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3432
2df3850c 3433@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3434@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3435Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3436macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3437routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3438
3439On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3440@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3441routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3442
e9582e71
AC
3443@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3444@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3445If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3446stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3447is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3448
a5afb99f
AC
3449@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3450@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3451This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3452@var{prev}. [By default...]
3453
56caf160
EZ
3454@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3455@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3456Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3457stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3458the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3459stack grows upward.
3460
9e5abb06
CV
3461@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3462@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3463Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3464The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3465the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3466final `return from function call' instruction.
3467
56caf160
EZ
3468@item SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3469@findex SIGTRAMP_START
3470@itemx SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3471@findex SIGTRAMP_END
3472Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3473given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3474constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3475@var{pc}.
3476
56caf160
EZ
3477@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3478@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3479Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3480trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3481
56caf160
EZ
3482@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3483@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3484Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3485trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3486
56caf160
EZ
3487@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3488@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3489Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3490dynamic linker.
3491
56caf160
EZ
3492@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3493@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3494Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3495should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3496function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3497to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3498stepping will suffice.
3499
fc0c74b1
AC
3500@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3501@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3502@cindex converting integers to addresses
3503Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3504conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3505the current architectures conventions.
3506
3507@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3508their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3509@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3510computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3511major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3512other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3513conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3514out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3515to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3516disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3517method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3518@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3519
3520@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3521Addresses}.
3522
c906108c 3523@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3524@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3525(Specific to the a29k.)
3526
93e79dbd 3527@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3528@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3529Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3530appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3531address the pointer refers to.
3532@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3533
9fb4dd36 3534@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3535@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3536Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3537@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3538
3539@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3540@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3541Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3542@var{type}.
4281a42e 3543@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3544
12c266ea
AC
3545@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3546@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3547Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3548virtual type.
13d01224 3549@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3550
617073a9
AC
3551@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3552@findex register_reggroup_p
3553@cindex register groups
3554Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3555group @var{reggroup}.
3556
3557By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3558
3559@table @code
3560@item float_reggroup
3561Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3562@item vector_reggroup
3563Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3564@item general_reggroup
3565Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3566floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3567@item save_reggroup
3568@itemx restore_reggroup
3569@itemx all_reggroup
3570Any register with a valid name.
3571@end table
3572
f30992d4
AC
3573@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3574@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3575Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3576register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3577Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3578@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3579
2e092625 3580@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3581@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3582Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3583@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3584
77e7e267
AC
3585@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3586@findex register_type
3587If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
2e092625 3588superseeds @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3589Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3590
9fb4dd36 3591@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3592@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3593Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3594form.
13d01224 3595@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3596
3597@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3598@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3599Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3600form.
13d01224 3601@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3602
0ab4b752
MK
3603@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3604@findex regset_from_core_section
3605Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3606@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3607
3608
e5419804
JB
3609@item RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK(@var{type})
3610@findex RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK
3611@cindex returning structures by value
3612@cindex structures, returning by value
3613
3614Return non-zero if values of type TYPE are returned on the stack, using
3615the ``struct convention'' (i.e., the caller provides a pointer to a
3616buffer in which the callee should store the return value). This
3617controls how the @samp{finish} command finds a function's return value,
3618and whether an inferior function call reserves space on the stack for
3619the return value.
3620
3621The full logic @value{GDBN} uses here is kind of odd.
e5419804 3622
56caf160 3623@itemize @bullet
e5419804
JB
3624@item
3625If the type being returned by value is not a structure, union, or array,
3626and @code{RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK} returns zero, then @value{GDBN}
3627concludes the value is not returned using the struct convention.
3628
3629@item
3630Otherwise, @value{GDBN} calls @code{USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} (see below).
3631If that returns non-zero, @value{GDBN} assumes the struct convention is
3632in use.
e5419804
JB
3633@end itemize
3634
3635In other words, to indicate that a given type is returned by value using
3636the struct convention, that type must be either a struct, union, array,
3637or something @code{RETURN_VALUE_ON_STACK} likes, @emph{and} something
3638that @code{USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} likes.
3639
56caf160 3640Note that, in C and C@t{++}, arrays are never returned by value. In those
e5419804
JB
3641languages, these predicates will always see a pointer type, never an
3642array type. All the references above to arrays being returned by value
3643apply only to other languages.
3644
b0ed3589 3645@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3646@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3647Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3648mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3649
56caf160
EZ
3650@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p})
3651@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3652A function that inserts or removes (depending on
c906108c 3653@var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3654the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3655for examples.
3656
da59e081 3657@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3658@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3659Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3660debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3661them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3662address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3663linking faster.
3664
3665@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3666hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3667entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3668the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3669segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3670
3671@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3672
56caf160 3673@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3674@item
3675@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3676addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3677the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3678linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3679name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3680the address.
3681
3682@item
3683@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3684@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3685and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3686them.
da59e081
JM
3687@end itemize
3688
c906108c 3689@item PCC_SOL_BROKEN
56caf160 3690@findex PCC_SOL_BROKEN
c906108c
SS
3691(Used only in the Convex target.)
3692
d7bd68ca
AC
3693@item PC_IN_SIGTRAMP (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3694@findex PC_IN_SIGTRAMP
3695@cindex sigtramp
3696The @dfn{sigtramp} is a routine that the kernel calls (which then calls
3697the signal handler). On most machines it is a library routine that is
3698linked into the executable.
3699
3700This function, given a program counter value in @var{pc} and the
3701(possibly NULL) name of the function in which that @var{pc} resides,
3702returns nonzero if the @var{pc} and/or @var{name} show that we are in
3703sigtramp.
3704
c906108c 3705@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3706@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3707If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3708counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3709
3710@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3711@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3712If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3713be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3714
3715This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3716@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3717
0717ae8a
AC
3718@item DEPRECATED_NPC_REGNUM
3719@findex DEPRECATED_NPC_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3720The number of the ``next program counter'' register, if defined.
3721
0717ae8a
AC
3722@code{DEPRECATED_NPC_REGNUM} has been replaced by @code{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
3723(@pxref{TARGET_WRITE_PC}).
3724
2df3850c 3725@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3726@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3727If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3728pushing them on the stack.
3729
a38c9fe6
MK
3730@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3731@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3732@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3733@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3734function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3735value.
3736
ee206350
AG
3737This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3738(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3739
c906108c 3740@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3741@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3742A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3743
3744@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3745@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3746(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3747
3748@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3749@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3750If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3751definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3752
749b82f6
AC
3753@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3754@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3755@findex frame_pop
3756If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
3757method has been superseeded by generic code.
c906108c 3758
39fe6e80 3759@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{func_addr}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3760@findex push_dummy_call
3761@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3762@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3763the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3764@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3765@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3766
b24da7d0 3767Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3768
3769This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3770
7043d8dc
AC
3771@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3772@findex push_dummy_code
b1e29e33 3773@findex DEPRECATED_FIX_CALL_DUMMY
7043d8dc
AC
3774@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3775instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3776called function should return.
3777
3778Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3779should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3780the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3781
3782By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3783(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3784reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3785
b1e29e33
AC
3786This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS},
3787@code{DEPRECATED_SIZEOF_CALL_DUMMY_WORDS}, @code{CALL_DUMMY},
3788@code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION}, @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE},
3789@code{GDB_TARGET_IS_HPPA},
3790@code{DEPRECATED_CALL_DUMMY_BREAKPOINT_OFFSET}, and
3791@code{DEPRECATED_FIX_CALL_DUMMY}.
7043d8dc 3792
b81774d8
AC
3793@item DEPRECATED_PUSH_DUMMY_FRAME
3794@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_DUMMY_FRAME
c906108c
SS
3795Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to create an artificial stack frame.
3796
b8b527c5
AC
3797@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_BYTES
3798@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_BYTES
3799The total amount of space needed to store @value{GDBN}'s copy of the
3800machine's register state.
3801
3802This is no longer needed. @value{GDBN} instead computes the size of the
3803register buffer at run-time.
c906108c 3804
56caf160
EZ
3805@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3806@findex REGISTER_NAME
3807Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3808or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3809
8e823e25
MK
3810@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3811@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3812@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3813given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3814
3815This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3816(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3817
b24da7d0
AC
3818@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3819@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3820@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3821notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
3822passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
3823after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3824allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3825
c906108c 3826@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3827@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3828Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3829defined, no conversion will be done.
3830
92ad9cd9
AC
3831@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, const void *@var{inval}, void *@var{outval})
3832@findex gdbarch_return_value
3833@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3834type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3835would use.
3836
3837@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3838@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3839in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3840value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3841passed in as the function's first parameter.
3842
3843If the register convention is being used, and @var{inval} is
3844non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{inval} into
3845@var{regcache}.
3846
3847If the register convention is being used, and @var{outval} is
3848non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
3849@var{outval} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
3850just returned function).
3851
3852@xref{EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
3853return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
3854
3855@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3856store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3857the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3858@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3859instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3860return-value extract and store.}
3861
3862@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3863parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3864that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3865then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
3866@var{function} should be persued.}
3867
3868@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3869to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3870@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3871limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3872
c2c6d25f 3873@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3874@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 3875Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3876steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3877re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3878hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 3879doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
3880state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
3881macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
3882of a branch or jump.
3883
56caf160
EZ
3884@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
3885@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
3886A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3887function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 3888
56caf160
EZ
3889@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
3890@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
3891If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
3892the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
3893that is at the start of the real function.
3894
3895@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 3896@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 3897If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
3898the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
3899there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
3900
3901@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3902@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 3903Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 3904declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
3905done.
3906
f27dd7fd
AC
3907@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
3908@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
3909@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
3910Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
3911requirements for the processor's stack.
3912
3913Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
3914upwards.
3915
3916By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 3917
56caf160
EZ
3918@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
3919@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
3920Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
3921delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 3922slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
3923normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
3924
ebba8386 3925@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 3926@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
3927A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
3928@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
3929value that is to be returned.
c906108c 3930
92ad9cd9
AC
3931This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3932(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3933
c906108c 3934@item SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG
56caf160 3935@findex SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG
c906108c
SS
3936(Used only for Sun-3 and Sun-4 targets.)
3937
3938@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3939@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
3940The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
3941current sources.)
3942
c906108c 3943@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 3944@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3945Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
3946
c3d3ce5b
JB
3947@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3948@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3949Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
3950it should be unsigned.
3951
3952The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
3953equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
3954character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
3955Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
3956on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
3957
c906108c 3958@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3959@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3960Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
3961
ac9a91a7
JM
3962At present this macro is not used.
3963
c906108c 3964@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3965@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3966Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3967
3968@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3969@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3970Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3971
ac9a91a7
JM
3972At present this macro is not used.
3973
c906108c 3974@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 3975@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3976Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3977
3978@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 3979@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3980Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3981
3982@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3983@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3984Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3985
3986@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3987@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3988Number of bits in a long double float;
3989defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3990
3991@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3992@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3993Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
3994
3995@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 3996@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3997Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
3998
3999@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 4000@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4001Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4002
4003@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
4004@findex TARGET_READ_PC
4005@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
4006@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 4007@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
4008@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4009@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4010@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4011@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
4012@findex read_pc
4013@findex write_pc
4014@findex read_sp
56caf160 4015@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2
AC
4016@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
4017@code{write_pc}, @code{read_sp} and @code{deprecated_read_fp}. For most
4018targets, these may be left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read
4019and write register functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
4020
4021These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
4022hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
4023in an ordinary register.
4024
a9e5fdc2
AC
4025@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
4026
56caf160
EZ
4027@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
4028@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
4029Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4030pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4031are not used, a default definition simply returns
4032@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4033
9742079a
EZ
4034@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4035If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4036watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4037other related macros.
4038
7ccaa899
EZ
4039@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
4040@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
4041This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4042instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
4043debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4044a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4045accessor function for the global pointer
4046@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4047the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4048@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4049@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4050decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4051
6314f104
AC
4052@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
4053@findex unwind_dummy_id
4054@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
4055frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
4056frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
4057previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
4058@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 4059
56caf160
EZ
4060@item USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4061@findex USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4062If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4063given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4064allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4065being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4066for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4067other compilers.
4068
92ad9cd9
AC
4069This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4070(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4071
13d01224
AC
4072@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4073@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
4074Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
4075@var{regnum}'s.
4076@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4077
56caf160
EZ
4078@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4079@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
4080For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
4081declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
4082nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 4083@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
4084presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
4085@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
4086
56caf160
EZ
4087@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4088@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 4089Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
4090@end table
4091
4092Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4093
56caf160 4094@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4095@item BPT_VECTOR
4096Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4097not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4098
4099@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4100Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
4101
4102@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
4103@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
4104A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4105allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4106
56caf160 4107@end ftable
c906108c
SS
4108
4109@section Adding a New Target
4110
56caf160 4111@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4112The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4113
4114@table @file
56caf160 4115@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4116@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4117Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4118object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4119@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4120the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4121tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4122
4123You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4124but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4125future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4126
c906108c
SS
4127@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4128Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4129some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4130@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4131as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4132function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4133and debug.
4134
af6c57ea
AC
4135@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4136@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4137This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4138processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4139@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4140the same processor.
4141
4142@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4143(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4144macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4145format and instructions.
4146
4147New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4148
c906108c
SS
4149@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4150This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4151processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4152@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4153same processor.
4154
af6c57ea
AC
4155New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4156
c906108c
SS
4157@end table
4158
4159If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4160@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4161facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4162instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4163that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4164@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4165
4166
3352e23e
AC
4167@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
4168@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
4169
4170This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4171an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4172
4173The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4174sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4175instance:
4176
4177@itemize @bullet
4178
4179@item
4180Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4181not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4182
4183@item
4184Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4185@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4186
4187@item
4188Enable multi-arch level one.
4189
4190@item
4191Delete one or more files.
4192
4193@end itemize
4194
4195@noindent
4196There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4197encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4198
4199Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4200and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4201obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4202@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4203process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4204expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4205needed.
4206
4207@subsection Preparation
4208
4209The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4210enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4211the debugger can be compared.
4212
4213At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4214with @option{-Werror}.
4215
4216@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4217
4218The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4219framework. It involves
4220
4221@itemize @bullet
4222
4223@item
4224The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4225above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4226has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4227the architecture:
4228@smallexample
4229static struct gdbarch *
4230d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4231 struct gdbarch_info info;
4232 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4233@{
4234 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4235 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4236 if (arches != NULL)
4237 return arches->gdbarch;
4238 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4239 return gdbarch;
4240@}
4241@end smallexample
4242@noindent
4243@emph{}
4244
4245@item
4246A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4247information:
4248@smallexample
4249static void
4250mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4251 struct ui_file *file)
4252@{
4253 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4254@}
4255@end smallexample
4256
4257@item
4258A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4259architecture:
4260@smallexample
4261void
4262_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4263@{
4264 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4265 mips_dump_tdep);
4266@end smallexample
4267
4268@item
4269Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4270@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4271
4272@end itemize
4273
4274@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4275
4276Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4277
4278@table @code
3352e23e 4279@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4280Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4281@end table
4282
4283@noindent
4284At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4285functions.
4286
4287@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4288
4289Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4290and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4291committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4292an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4293provided.
4294
4295Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4296
4297Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4298functions (patch(es)).
4299
4300Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4301architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4302!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4303
4304@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4305
4306Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4307single patch).
4308
4309Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4310already.
4311
4312@subsection Convert remaining macros
4313
4314Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4315architecture method) in small batches.
4316
4317@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4318
4319This should go smoothly.
4320
4321@subsection Delete the TM file
4322
4323The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4324@file{configure.in} updated.
4325
4326
c906108c
SS
4327@node Target Vector Definition
4328
4329@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4330@cindex target vector
c906108c 4331
56caf160
EZ
4332The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4333abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4334actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4335@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4336each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c
SS
4337
4338@section File Targets
4339
4340Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4341
4342@section Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
4343
56caf160
EZ
4344@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4345that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4346@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4347systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4348
56caf160
EZ
4349The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4350your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4351SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4352program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4353
4354The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4355@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4356
4357@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4358@item
4359%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4360
56caf160
EZ
4361@item
4362traps are disabled;
c906108c 4363
56caf160
EZ
4364@item
4365you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4366@end enumerate
4367
4368As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4369is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4370The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4371hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4372which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4373set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4374first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4375
4376For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4377``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4378and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4379controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4380trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4381do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4382of the debugger/stub.
4383
4384From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4385They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4386
4387@section ROM Monitor Interface
4388
4389@section Custom Protocols
4390
4391@section Transport Layer
4392
4393@section Builtin Simulator
4394
4395
4396@node Native Debugging
4397
4398@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4399@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4400
25822942 4401Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4402
4403@table @file
56caf160 4404@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4405@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4406Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4407machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4408native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4409Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4410@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4411define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4412@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4413
7fd60527
AC
4414@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4415originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4416on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4417purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4418eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4419suffix.}
4420
c906108c 4421@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4422(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4423macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4424child process control and core file support.
4425
4426@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4427Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4428this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4429@end table
4430
4431There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4432various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4433defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4434the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4435@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4436
4437Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4438to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4439Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4440into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4441
4442@table @file
c906108c
SS
4443@item inftarg.c
4444This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4445processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4446
4447@item procfs.c
4448This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4449processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4450
4451@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4452This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4453and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4454
4455@item infptrace.c
4456This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4457the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4458@end table
4459
4460@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4461@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4462
4463@table @file
56caf160 4464@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4465@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4466Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4467@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4468files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4469just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4470@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4471
4472@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4473If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4474@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4475set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4476register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4477``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4478@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4479use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4480you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4481to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4482@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4483the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4484@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4485@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4486implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4487@end table
4488
25822942 4489When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4490possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4491code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4492@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4493machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4494(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4495@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
56caf160
EZ
4496exists on a core file (e.g. the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
4497modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4498section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4499segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4500information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
4501sets of registers (e.g. integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
4502section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4503standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4504around in.
4505
25822942 4506Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4507@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4508@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4509It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4510its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4511segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4512register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4513
4514If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4515format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4516reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4517
4518@section ptrace
4519
4520@section /proc
4521
4522@section win32
4523
4524@section shared libraries
4525
4526@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4527@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4528
56caf160
EZ
4529When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4530defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4531target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4532undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c
SS
4533
4534@table @code
c906108c 4535@item ATTACH_DETACH
56caf160 4536@findex ATTACH_DETACH
25822942 4537If defined, then @value{GDBN} will include support for the @code{attach} and
c906108c
SS
4538@code{detach} commands.
4539
4540@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4541@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4542If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4543define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4544a read from the child.
4545
4546[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4547currently.]
4548
4549@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4550@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4551Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4552@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4553@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4554@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4555routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4556
4557@item FILES_INFO_HOOK
56caf160 4558@findex FILES_INFO_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4559(Only defined for Convex.)
4560
4561@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4562@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4563This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4564point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4565appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4566to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4567
4568@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4569@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4570For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4571DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4572@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4573
56caf160 4574This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4575assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4576@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4577pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4578
9742079a
EZ
4579@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4580An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4581support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4582
c906108c 4583@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4584@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4585Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4586struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4587needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4588addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4589On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4590
4591@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_BSD
56caf160 4592@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_BSD
25822942 4593Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4594runtime, by using Berkeley-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in
4595the root directory.
4596
4597@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4598@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4599Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4600runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4601root directory.
4602
4603@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4604@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4605Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4606user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4607
4608@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4609@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4610Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4611defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4612definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4613
4614@item PTRACE_FP_BUG
56caf160
EZ
4615@findex PTRACE_FP_BUG
4616See @file{mach386-xdep.c}.
c906108c
SS
4617
4618@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4619@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4620The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4621exists and is different from @code{int}.
4622
4623@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4624@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4625Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4626
4627@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4628@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4629If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4630inferior.
4631
4632@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4633@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4634If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4635Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4636
990f9fe3 4637@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4638@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4639Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4640@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4641@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4642processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4643
4644@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4645@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4646Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4647want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4648
4649@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4650@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4651When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4652twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4653the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4654number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4655expand into the number expected.
4656
4657@item SVR4_SHARED_LIBS
56caf160 4658@findex SVR4_SHARED_LIBS
c906108c
SS
4659Define this to indicate that SVR4-style shared libraries are in use.
4660
4661@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4662@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4663This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4664translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4665representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4666
4667@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4668@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4669This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4670defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4671@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4672configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4673the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4674undefined.
4675
4676The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4677the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4678that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4679
4680@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4681@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4682See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4683
4684@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4685@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4686Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4687@end table
4688
4689
4690@node Support Libraries
4691
4692@chapter Support Libraries
4693
4694@section BFD
56caf160 4695@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4696
25822942 4697BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4698
4699@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4700@item identifying executable and core files
4701BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4702several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4703
4704@item access to sections of files
4705BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4706sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4707(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4708calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4709length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4710
4711@item specialized core file support
4712BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4713core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4714file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4715file.
4716
4717@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4718@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4719symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4720handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4721symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4722string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4723@end table
4724
4725@section opcodes
56caf160 4726@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4727
25822942 4728The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4729library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4730
4731@section readline
4732
4733@section mmalloc
4734
4735@section libiberty
4736
4737@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4738@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4739
4740Regex conditionals.
4741
4742@table @code
c906108c
SS
4743@item C_ALLOCA
4744
4745@item NFAILURES
4746
4747@item RE_NREGS
4748
4749@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4750
4751@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4752
4753@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4754
4755@item Sword
4756
4757@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4758@end table
4759
4760@section include
4761
4762@node Coding
4763
4764@chapter Coding
4765
4766This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4767algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4768
4769@section Cleanups
56caf160 4770@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4771
4772Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4773later.
c906108c 4774
cc1cb004
AC
4775When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4776@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4777the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4778cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4779and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4780is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4781cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4782created.
c906108c
SS
4783
4784Syntax:
4785
4786@table @code
c906108c
SS
4787@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4788Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4789
56caf160 4790@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4791@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4792Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4793@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4794handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4795@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4796@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4797from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4798
56caf160 4799@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4800@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4801Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4802@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4803
4804@findex discard_cleanups
4805@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
4806Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
4807the chain and does not call the specified functions.
4808@end table
4809
4810Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
4811@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
4812later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
4813performed). E.g.:
56caf160 4814
474c8240 4815@smallexample
c906108c 4816make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
4817@{
4818 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
4819 make_cleanup (c, 0)
4820 ...
4821 do_cleanups (old);
4822@}
474c8240 4823@end smallexample
56caf160 4824
c906108c 4825@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
4826will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
4827cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
4828be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
4829
4830Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
4831Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
4832will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
4833to two common cleanup styles.
4834
4835The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4836@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
4837code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
4838code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
4839called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
4840@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 4841
474c8240 4842@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4843struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4844data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
4845make_cleanup (xfree, data);
4846... blah blah ...
4847do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 4848@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4849
4850The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4851@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
4852any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
4853code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
4854an error:
4855
474c8240 4856@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4857FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
4858struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
4859... blah blah ...
4860discard_cleanups (old);
4861return file;
474c8240 4862@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
4863
4864Some functions, e.g. @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
4865that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
4866means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
4867interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
4868functions, since they might never return to your code (they
4869@samp{longjmp} instead).
4870
ba8c9337
AC
4871@section Per-architecture module data
4872@cindex per-architecture module data
4873@cindex multi-arch data
4874@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
4875
4876The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module specific
4877per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch} architecture
4878object.
4879
4880A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using the
4881function @code{register_gdbarch_data}:
4882
4883@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *register_gdbarch_data (gdbarch_data_init_ftype *@var{init}, gdbarch_data_free_ftype *@var{free})
4884
4885The @var{init} function is used to obtain an initial value for a
4886per-architecture data-pointer. The function is called, after the
4887architecture has been created, when the data-pointer is still
4888uninitialized (@code{NULL}) and its value has been requested via a call
4889to @code{gdbarch_data}. A data-pointer can also be initialize
4890explicitly using @code{set_gdbarch_data}.
4891
4892The @var{free} function is called when a data-pointer needs to be
4893destroyed. This occurs when either the corresponding @code{struct
4894gdbarch} object is being destroyed or when @code{set_gdbarch_data} is
4895overriding a non-@code{NULL} data-pointer value.
4896
4897The function @code{register_gdbarch_data} returns a @code{struct
4898gdbarch_data} that is used to identify the data-pointer that was added
4899to the module.
4900
4901@end deftypefun
4902
4903A typical module has @code{init} and @code{free} functions of the form:
4904
4905@smallexample
4906static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
4907static void *
4908nozel_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
4909@{
4910 struct nozel *data = XMALLOC (struct nozel);
4911 @dots{}
4912 return data;
4913@}
4914@dots{}
4915static void
4916nozel_free (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *data)
4917@{
4918 xfree (data);
4919@}
4920@end smallexample
4921
4922Since uninitialized (@code{NULL}) data-pointers are initialized
4923on-demand, an @code{init} function is free to call other modules that
4924use data-pointers. Those modules data-pointers will be initialized as
4925needed. Care should be taken to ensure that the @code{init} call graph
4926does not contain cycles.
4927
4928The data-pointer is registered with the call:
4929
4930@smallexample
4931void
4932_initialize_nozel (void)
4933@{
4934 nozel_handle = register_gdbarch_data (nozel_init, nozel_free);
4935@dots{}
4936@end smallexample
4937
4938The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
4939
4940@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
4941Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
4942@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{register_gdbarch_data}, this
4943function returns the current value of the per-architecture data-pointer.
4944@end deftypefun
4945
4946The non-@code{NULL} data-pointer returned by @code{gdbarch_data} should
4947be saved in a local variable and then used directly:
4948
4949@smallexample
4950int
4951nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
4952@{
4953 int total;
4954 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
4955 @dots{}
4956 return total;
4957@}
4958@end smallexample
4959
4960It is also possible to directly initialize the data-pointer using:
4961
4962@deftypefun void set_gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *handle, void *@var{pointer})
4963Update the data-pointer corresponding to @var{handle} with the value of
4964@var{pointer}. If the previous data-pointer value is non-NULL, then it
4965is freed using data-pointers @var{free} function.
4966@end deftypefun
4967
4968This function is used by modules that require a mechanism for explicitly
4969setting the per-architecture data-pointer during architecture creation:
4970
4971@smallexample
4972/* Called during architecture creation. */
4973extern void
4974set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
4975 int total)
4976@{
4977 struct nozel *data = XMALLOC (struct nozel);
4978 @dots{}
4979 set_gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle, nozel);
4980@}
4981@end smallexample
4982
4983@smallexample
4984/* Default, called when nozel not set by set_gdbarch_nozel(). */
4985static void *
4986nozel_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
4987@{
4988 struct nozel *default_nozel = XMALLOC (struc nozel);
4989 @dots{}
4990 return default_nozel;
4991@}
4992@end smallexample
4993
4994@smallexample
4995void
4996_initialize_nozel (void)
4997@{
4998 nozel_handle = register_gdbarch_data (nozel_init, NULL);
4999 @dots{}
5000@end smallexample
5001
5002@noindent
5003Note that an @code{init} function still needs to be registered. It is
5004used to initialize the data-pointer when the architecture creation phase
5005fail to set an initial value.
5006
5007
c906108c 5008@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5009@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5010
56caf160 5011@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5012Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5013or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5014added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5015routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5016exceeded.
5017
5018The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5019printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5020away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5021@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5022@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5023return!
5024
56caf160 5025It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5026space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5027indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5028the line wraps there.
5029
5030Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5031finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5032to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5033print warnings are a good example.
5034
25822942 5035@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5036@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5037
25822942 5038@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5039@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5040FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5041of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5042but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5043
56caf160
EZ
5044@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5045@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5046
af6c57ea 5047
b9aa90c9 5048@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5049
b9aa90c9
AC
5050@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5051compiler.
af6c57ea 5052
b9aa90c9 5053@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5054
5055
5056@subsection Memory Management
5057
5058@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5059@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5060
5061@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5062@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5063these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5064they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5065@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5066
5067@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5068memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5069behavior.}
5070
5071@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5072
5073@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5074memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5075free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5076
5077@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5078@code{NULL} pointer.}
5079
5080@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5081allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5082
5083@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5084restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5085
5086@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
5087function @code{xasprintf}.
5088
5089@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5090functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5091errors.}
5092
5093
5094@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5095@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea
AC
5096
5097With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option
5098@samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}.
5099The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
5100
5101This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5102with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
5103from those flags being treated as errors.
5104
5105The current list of warning flags includes:
5106
5107@table @samp
5108@item -Wimplicit
5109Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared
5110using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that
5111prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to
5112@samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}.
5113
5114@item -Wreturn-type
5115Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures
5116that use register windows.
5117
5118@item -Wcomment
5119
5120@item -Wtrigraphs
5121
5122@item -Wformat
153721e6 5123@itemx -Wformat-nonliteral
af6c57ea 5124Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
153721e6 5125@code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5126but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5127
5128@item -Wparentheses
5129This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an
5130@code{if} statement.
5131
5132@item -Wpointer-arith
5133
5134@item -Wuninitialized
5135@end table
5136
5137@emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most
5138functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning
5139@samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro
5140@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5141it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
5142is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also
5143precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.}
5144
5145@emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings
5146enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings
5147when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.}
c906108c
SS
5148
5149@subsection Formatting
5150
56caf160 5151@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5152The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5153strictly.
5154
af6c57ea
AC
5155A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5156function definition should have its name in column zero.
5157
474c8240 5158@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5159/* Declaration */
5160static void foo (void);
5161/* Definition */
5162void
5163foo (void)
5164@{
5165@}
474c8240 5166@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5167
5168@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5169be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5170
af6c57ea
AC
5171There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5172parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5173required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5174or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5175
5176While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5177more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5178after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5179whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5180for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5181
5182Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5183
474c8240 5184@smallexample
af6c57ea 5185void *foo;
474c8240 5186@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5187
5188@noindent
5189and not:
5190
474c8240 5191@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5192void * foo;
5193void* foo;
474c8240 5194@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5195
5196@subsection Comments
5197
56caf160 5198@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5199The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5200
af6c57ea
AC
5201Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5202@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5203
474c8240 5204@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5205/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5206 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5207 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5208 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5209 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5210@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5211
5212(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5213comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5214
5215Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5216variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5217
5218In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5219than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5220line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5221than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5222
5223@subsection C Usage
5224
56caf160 5225@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5226Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5227host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5228of evaluation of expressions.
5229
56caf160 5230@cindex function usage
c906108c 5231Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5232in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5233call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5234limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5235
5236However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5237are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5238
af6c57ea 5239@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5240(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5241protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5242
5243@cindex types
c906108c 5244
af6c57ea
AC
5245Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5246declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5247
5248
5249@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5250@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5251
5252Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5253a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5254argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5255function definition.
c906108c 5256
53a5351d
JM
5257All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5258callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5259be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5260visible to random source files.
c906108c 5261
af6c57ea
AC
5262Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5263that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5264
5265
5266@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5267
5268During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5269User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5270entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5271object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5272Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5273run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5274
5275When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5276@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5277
5278@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5279
5280@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5281the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5282@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5283error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5284
5285@subsection File Names
5286
5287Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5288case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5289unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5290
5291@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5292platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5293is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5294@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5295convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5296@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5297@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5298
5299Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5300of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5301
5302@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5303
5304When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5305@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5306@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5307independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5308the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5309should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5310programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5311
5312For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5313
5314
5315@subsection Include Files
5316
e2b28d04 5317A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5318
e2b28d04
AC
5319A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5320declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5321indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5322
e2b28d04
AC
5323A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5324declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5325indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5326be directly included.
af6c57ea 5327
e2b28d04 5328An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5329
e2b28d04
AC
5330An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5331Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5332pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5333
5334A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5335
5336An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5337files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5338@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5339
5340All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5341
474c8240 5342@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5343#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5344#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5345header body
5346#endif
474c8240 5347@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5348
c906108c 5349
dab11f21 5350@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5351
56caf160 5352@cindex design
c906108c 5353In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5354semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5355experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5356trouble.
5357
56caf160 5358@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5359You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5360(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5361must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5362@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5363such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5364
5365You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5366the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5367current @code{target_ops} vector.
5368
5369You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5370(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5371assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5372host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5373written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5374copyright problems.
5375
56caf160 5376@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5377Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5378to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5379systems.
5380
56caf160 5381@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5382New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5383or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5384for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5385features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5386has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5387often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5388predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5389time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5390with regard to this feature.
5391
5392Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5393target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5394
dab11f21
EZ
5395@cindex portable file name handling
5396@cindex file names, portability
5397One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5398creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5399assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5400a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5401directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5402necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5403system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5404name, use the following portable macros:
5405
5406@table @code
5407@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5408@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5409This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5410whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5411symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5412such hosts.
5413
5414@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5415@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5416Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5417character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5418such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5419pass.
5420
5421@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5422@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5423Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5424For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5425@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5426@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5427
5428@findex FILENAME_CMP
5429@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5430Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5431appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5432this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5433will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5434
5435@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5436@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5437Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5438@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5439This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5440
5441@findex SLASH_STRING
5442@item SLASH_STRING
5443This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5444absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5445@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5446@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5447@end table
5448
5449In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5450functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5451basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5452@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5453platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5454with @code{strrchr}.
5455
25822942
DB
5456Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5457attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5458multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5459by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5460well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5461something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5462using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5463@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5464current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5465is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5466implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5467attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5468formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5469
56caf160
EZ
5470Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5471the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5472@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5473something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5474consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5475with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5476file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5477radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5478
af6c57ea
AC
5479All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5480@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5481messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5482@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5483
c906108c 5484
8487521e 5485@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5486
25822942 5487@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5488@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5489
56caf160
EZ
5490Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5491specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5492dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5493hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5494@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5495name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5496@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5497
56caf160
EZ
5498@itemize @bullet
5499@item
c906108c
SS
5500In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5501@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5502vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5503@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5504@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5505running
5506
474c8240 5507@smallexample
c906108c 5508./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5509@end smallexample
56caf160 5510
c906108c
SS
5511@noindent
5512and
56caf160 5513
474c8240 5514@smallexample
c906108c 5515./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5516@end smallexample
56caf160 5517
c906108c
SS
5518@noindent
5519which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5520and no error messages.
5521
56caf160 5522@noindent
c906108c
SS
5523You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5524beyond the scope of this manual.
5525
56caf160 5526@item
25822942 5527To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5528your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5529desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5530setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5531@var{xyz}).
5532
7fd60527
AC
5533@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5534@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5535new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5536Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5537to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5538changed again in the future.}
5539
56caf160 5540@item
25822942 5541Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5542target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5543configuration.
56caf160 5544@end itemize
c906108c 5545
8973da3a
AC
5546@node Releasing GDB
5547
5548@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5549@cindex making a new release of gdb
5550
fb0ff88f
AC
5551@section Versions and Branches
5552
5553@subsection Version Identifiers
5554
5555@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file @file{gdb/version.in}.
5556
5557@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses ISO dates to differentiate between
5558versions. The CVS repository uses @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-cvs
5559while the corresponding snapshot uses @var{YYYYMMDD}.
5560
5561@value{GDBN}'s release branch uses a slightly more complicated scheme.
5562When the branch is first cut, the mainline version identifier is
5563prefixed with the @var{major}.@var{minor} from of the previous release
5564series but with .90 appended. As draft releases are drawn from the
5565branch, the minor minor number (.90) is incremented. Once the first
5566release (@var{M}.@var{N}) has been made, the version prefix is updated
5567to @var{M}.@var{N}.0.90 (dot zero, dot ninety). Follow on releases have
5568an incremented minor minor version number (.0).
5569
5570Using 5.1 (previous) and 5.2 (current), the example below illustrates a
5571typical sequence of version identifiers:
5572
5573@table @asis
5574@item 5.1.1
5575final release from previous branch
5576@item 2002-03-03-cvs
5577main-line the day the branch is cut
5578@item 5.1.90-2002-03-03-cvs
5579corresponding branch version
5580@item 5.1.91
5581first draft release candidate
5582@item 5.1.91-2002-03-17-cvs
5583updated branch version
5584@item 5.1.92
5585second draft release candidate
5586@item 5.1.92-2002-03-31-cvs
5587updated branch version
5588@item 5.1.93
5589final release candidate (see below)
5590@item 5.2
5591official release
5592@item 5.2.0.90-2002-04-07-cvs
5593updated CVS branch version
5594@item 5.2.1
5595second official release
5596@end table
5597
5598Notes:
5599
5600@itemize @bullet
5601@item
5602Minor minor minor draft release candidates such as 5.2.0.91 have been
5603omitted from the example. Such release candidates are, typically, never
5604made.
5605@item
5606For 5.1.93 the bziped tar ball @file{gdb-5.1.93.tar.bz2} is just the
5607official @file{gdb-5.2.tar} renamed and compressed.
5608@end itemize
5609
5610To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5611@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5612(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
5613its version identifer).
5614
5615Since @value{GDBN} does not make minor minor minor releases (e.g.,
56165.1.0.1) the conflict between that and a minor minor draft release
5617identifier (e.g., 5.1.0.90) is avoided.
5618
5619
5620@subsection Branches
5621
5622@value{GDBN} draws a release series (5.2, 5.2.1, @dots{}) from a single
5623release branch (gdb_5_2-branch). Since minor minor minor releases
5624(5.1.0.1) are not made, the need to branch the release branch is avoided
5625(it also turns out that the effort required for such a a branch and
5626release is significantly greater than the effort needed to create a new
5627release from the head of the release branch).
5628
5629Releases 5.0 and 5.1 used branch and release tags of the form:
5630
474c8240 5631@smallexample
fb0ff88f
AC
5632gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branchpoint
5633gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branch
5634gdb_M_N-YYYY-MM-DD-release
474c8240 5635@end smallexample
fb0ff88f
AC
5636
5637Release 5.2 is trialing the branch and release tags:
5638
474c8240 5639@smallexample
fb0ff88f
AC
5640gdb_N_M-YYYY-MM-DD-branchpoint
5641gdb_N_M-branch
5642gdb_M_N-YYYY-MM-DD-release
474c8240 5643@end smallexample
fb0ff88f
AC
5644
5645@emph{Pragmatics: The branchpoint and release tags need to identify when
5646a branch and release are made. The branch tag, denoting the head of the
5647branch, does not have this criteria.}
5648
5649
9bb0a4d8
AC
5650@section Branch Commit Policy
5651
5652The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
56535.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5654
5655@itemize @bullet
5656@item
5657The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5658@item
5659Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5660trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5661file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5662@item
5663When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5664Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5665when debugging a static binary?
5666@item
5667The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5668the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5669@item
5670Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5671sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5672@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5673@end itemize
5674
5675@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5676functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5677This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5678reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5679
5680
cbb09e6a 5681@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5682
8642bc8f 5683Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5684code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5685(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5686
8642bc8f 5687Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
5688line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
5689been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 5690
cbb09e6a
AC
5691The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
5692wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
5693Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 5694
cbb09e6a 5695@enumerate
8973da3a 5696@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5697Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
5698list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
5699recommended.
8973da3a 5700@item
cbb09e6a 5701Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5702@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5703Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
5704Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 5705@item
cbb09e6a 5706Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5707@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5708Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
5709prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
5710@item
5711Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
5712released.
5713@item
5714Remove the obsolete code.
5715@end enumerate
5716
5717@noindent
5718@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
5719hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
5720helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
5721or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
5722the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
5723hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 5724
8973da3a 5725
9ae8b82c
AC
5726
5727@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 5728
8642bc8f
AC
5729The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
5730changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
5731instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
5732building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
5733@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 5734
9ae8b82c 5735@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 5736
9ae8b82c
AC
5737People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
5738something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
5739script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 5740
9ae8b82c 5741@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 5742
9ae8b82c
AC
5743Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
5744@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
5745@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
5746
5747@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 5748
8642bc8f 5749A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 5750
8642bc8f
AC
5751@itemize @bullet
5752@item
5753@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
5754@item
9ae8b82c
AC
5755@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
5756file)
5757@item
5758@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
5759@end itemize
5760
9ae8b82c 5761@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 5762
9ae8b82c
AC
5763@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
5764(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
5765conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
5766of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
5767regressions.
8642bc8f 5768
9ae8b82c 5769@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 5770
9ae8b82c 5771Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 5772
9ae8b82c 5773@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 5774
9ae8b82c 5775The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 5776
8642bc8f 5777
30107679 5778@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 5779
30107679 5780@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 5781
474c8240 5782@smallexample
30107679
AC
5783$ u=5.1
5784$ v=5.2
5785$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5786$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
5787$ echo $u $V $D
57885.1 5_2 2002-03-03
5789$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5790-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5791cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
5792-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5793$ ^echo ^^
5794...
5795$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5796-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight+dejagnu
5797cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5798-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight+dejagnu
5799$ ^echo ^^
5800...
8642bc8f 5801$
474c8240 5802@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5803
5804@itemize @bullet
5805@item
30107679
AC
5806by using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt} the branch is forced to an exact
5807date/time.
5808@item
5809the trunk is first taged so that the branch point can easily be found
5810@item
5811Insight (which includes GDB) and dejagnu are all tagged at the same time
8642bc8f 5812@item
30107679 5813@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts
8642bc8f 5814@item
30107679
AC
5815the reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}
5816@end itemize
5817
5818@subheading Update @file{version.in}
5819
5820@smallexample
5821$ u=5.1
5822$ v=5.2
5823$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5824$ echo $u $v$V
58255.1 5_2
5826$ cd /tmp
5827$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
5828-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
5829cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
5830 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
5831$ ^echo ^^
5832U src/gdb/version.in
5833$ cd src/gdb
5834$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
5835$ cat version.in
58365.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
5837$ cvs -f commit version.in
5838@end smallexample
5839
5840@itemize @bullet
5841@item
5842@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
5843mechanism
5844@item
5845@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
5846initial branch version number
8642bc8f
AC
5847@end itemize
5848
8642bc8f
AC
5849
5850@subheading Update the web and news pages
5851
30107679
AC
5852Something?
5853
8642bc8f
AC
5854@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
5855
30107679
AC
5856The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
5857This file needs to be updated so that:
5858
5859@itemize @bullet
5860@item
5861a daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}
5862@item
5863the new branch is included in the snapshot process
5864@end itemize
5865
5866@noindent
5867See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
5868cron table.
5869
5870The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
5871any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
5872snapshot directories.
5873
5874
5875@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
5876
5877The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
5878to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
5879refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
5880
5881The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
5882current release.
5883
5884@subheading Post the branch info
5885
5886Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
5887
5888@itemize @bullet
5889@item
5890@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
5891@item
5892@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and
5893@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list}
16737d73 5894@end itemize
30107679
AC
5895
5896@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
5897ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
5898list are alerted.}
5899
5900The announcement should include:
5901
5902@itemize @bullet
5903@item
5904the branch tag
5905@item
5906how to check out the branch using CVS
5907@item
5908the date/number of weeks until the release
5909@item
5910the branch commit policy
5911still holds.
16737d73 5912@end itemize
30107679 5913
8642bc8f
AC
5914@section Stabilize the branch
5915
5916Something goes here.
5917
5918@section Create a Release
5919
0816590b
AC
5920The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
5921down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
5922process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
5923process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 5924
0816590b
AC
5925When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
5926
5927@subsection Create a release candidate
5928
5929The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
5930made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
5931candidate).
5932
5933@subsubheading Freeze the branch
5934
5935Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
5936@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
5937
5938@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 5939
474c8240 5940@smallexample
0816590b
AC
5941$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
5942$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5943$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
5944$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 5945/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5946$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
5947$ cd $t/$b/$v
5948$ pwd
0816590b 5949/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
5950$ which autoconf
5951/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 5952$
474c8240 5953@end smallexample
8973da3a 5954
0816590b
AC
5955@noindent
5956Notes:
8973da3a 5957
0816590b
AC
5958@itemize @bullet
5959@item
5960Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
5961version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
5962found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
5963unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
5964@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
5965@end itemize
5966
5967@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 5968
474c8240 5969@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5970$ for m in gdb insight dejagnu
5971do
8973da3a
AC
5972( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
5973done
8642bc8f 5974$
474c8240 5975@end smallexample
8973da3a 5976
0816590b
AC
5977@noindent
5978Note:
8642bc8f 5979
0816590b
AC
5980@itemize @bullet
5981@item
5982The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
5983any confusion between what is written here and what your local
5984@code{cvs} really does.
5985@end itemize
5986
5987@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 5988
0816590b
AC
5989@table @file
5990
5991@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
5992
5993Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
5994releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
5995
0816590b 5996Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 5997
474c8240 5998@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5999$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6000...
6001c-x 4 a
6002...
6003c-x c-s c-x c-c
6004$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6005$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6006@end smallexample
8973da3a 6007
0816590b
AC
6008@item gdb/README
6009
6010You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6011
0816590b
AC
6012@itemize @bullet
6013@item
6014the version
6015@item
6016the update date
6017@item
6018who did it
6019@end itemize
8973da3a 6020
474c8240 6021@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6022$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6023...
8973da3a 6024c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6025...
8973da3a 6026c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6027$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6028$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6029@end smallexample
8973da3a 6030
0816590b
AC
6031@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6032before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6033to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6034
8642bc8f
AC
6035@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6036@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6037pursuing.}
8973da3a 6038
0816590b 6039@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6040
474c8240 6041@smallexample
8642bc8f 6042$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6043$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
60445.2
8642bc8f 6045$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6046...
6047c-x 4 a
0816590b 6048... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6049c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6050$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6051$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6052@end smallexample
8973da3a 6053
0816590b 6054@item dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
8642bc8f
AC
6055
6056Dejagnu is more complicated. The version number is a parameter to
0816590b 6057@code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE}. Tweak it to read something like gdb-5.1.91.
8642bc8f 6058
0816590b 6059Don't forget to re-generate @file{configure}.
8642bc8f 6060
0816590b 6061Don't forget to include a @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8642bc8f 6062
0816590b
AC
6063@smallexample
6064$ emacs dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
6065...
6066c-x 4 a
6067...
6068c-x c-s c-x c-c
6069$ ( cd dejagnu/src/dejagnu && autoconf )
6070@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6071
0816590b
AC
6072@end table
6073
6074@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6075
6076This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6077
4ce8657e
MC
6078@smallexample
6079$ for m in gdb insight
6080do
6081( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6082done
6083$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar.bz2 )
6084@end smallexample
6085
6086If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6087(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6088
474c8240 6089@smallexample
0816590b 6090$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6091do
0816590b 6092( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6093done
0816590b 6094$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar.bz2 )
474c8240 6095@end smallexample
8973da3a 6096
0816590b 6097@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6098
0816590b 6099You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6100@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6101for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6102
474c8240 6103@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6104$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6105M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6106? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6107? proto-toplev
0816590b 6108@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6109M gdb/ChangeLog
6110M gdb/NEWS
6111M gdb/README
6112M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6113@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6114$
474c8240 6115@end smallexample
8973da3a 6116
0816590b 6117@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6118@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6119@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6120was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
6121didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6122
0816590b 6123@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6124
474c8240 6125@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6126$ cp */src/*.tar .
6127$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6128$ ls -F
6129dejagnu/ dejagnu-gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
6130$ for m in gdb insight
6131do
6132bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6133gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6134done
6135$
474c8240 6136@end smallexample
8973da3a 6137
0816590b
AC
6138@noindent
6139Note:
6140
6141@itemize @bullet
6142@item
6143A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6144in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6145can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6146process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6147@end itemize
6148
6149@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6150
0816590b 6151Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6152
0816590b
AC
6153@smallexample
6154$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6155$ cd gdb-5.2
6156$ ./configure
6157$ make
6158@dots{}
6159$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6160GNU gdb 5.2
6161@dots{}
6162(gdb) b main
6163Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6164(gdb) run
6165Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6166
6167Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6168734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6169(gdb) print args
6170$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6171(gdb)
6172@end smallexample
8973da3a 6173
0816590b 6174@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6175
0816590b 6176If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6177
0816590b
AC
6178@enumerate
6179@item
6180Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6181@item
6182Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6183@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6184process can restart.
6185@item
6186Make the release candidate available in
6187@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6188@item
6189Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6190@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6191@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6192
0816590b 6193@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6194
0816590b 6195(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6196
0816590b 6197@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6198
0816590b 6199Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6200
474c8240 6201@smallexample
0816590b 6202$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6203$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6204@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6205
0816590b
AC
6206@noindent
6207Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6208are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6209
6210@smallexample
6211$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6212$ rm @dots{}
6213@end smallexample
6214
6215@noindent
6216Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6217directory:
6218
6219@smallexample
6220$ vi README
6221@dots{}
6222$ rm -f .message
6223$ ln README .message
6224@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6225
0816590b 6226@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6227
0816590b
AC
6228@table @file
6229
6230@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6231This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6232@itemize @bullet
6233@item
0816590b 6234General announcement
8642bc8f 6235@item
0816590b
AC
6236News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6237earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6238@item
0816590b
AC
6239Errata
6240@end itemize
6241
6242@item htdocs/index.html
6243@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6244@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6245These files include:
6246@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6247@item
0816590b 6248announcement of the most recent release
8642bc8f 6249@item
0816590b 6250news entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6251@end itemize
0816590b 6252These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6253
0816590b 6254@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6255You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6256docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6257from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6258Something like:
6259
474c8240 6260@smallexample
8642bc8f 6261$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6262 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6263 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6264 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6265 gdb
474c8240 6266@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6267
0816590b
AC
6268@item download/ari/
6269Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6270
0816590b
AC
6271@smallexample
6272$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6273 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6274 $PWD/www \
6275 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6276 gdb
6277@end smallexample
6278
6279@end table
6280
6281@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6282
6283Something goes here.
6284
6285
6286@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6287
6288At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6289@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6290
6291@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6292
6293Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6294
6295@itemize @bullet
6296@item
6297@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6298@item
0816590b
AC
6299@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6300day or so to let things get out)
6301@item
6302@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6303@end itemize
6304
0816590b 6305@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6306
0816590b 6307The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6308
0816590b 6309@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6310
0816590b 6311In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6312
6313@itemize @bullet
6314@item
6315@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6316@item
6317@file{gdb/version.in}
6318@item
6319@file{gdb/NEWS}
6320@item
6321@file{gdb/README}
6322@end itemize
6323
0816590b 6324@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6325
6326Something like:
6327
474c8240 6328@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6329$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6330$ echo $d
63312002-01-24
6332$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6333$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6334@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6335
0816590b
AC
6336Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
6337@value{GDBN} (@code{dejagnu} doesn't get tagged but I think we can live
6338with that).
6339
6340@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6341
0816590b
AC
6342Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6343indicates when the release was made.
6344
6345@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6346
6347If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6348@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6349committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6350@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6351is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6352
6353Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6354
0816590b 6355@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6356
8642bc8f
AC
6357The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6358trunk.
8973da3a 6359
0816590b
AC
6360@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6361
6362Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6363Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6364generated by running:
6365
6366@smallexample
6367$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6368@end smallexample
6369
6370@noindent
6371The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6372of the most recent release.
6373
6374Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6375
8642bc8f 6376@section Post release
8973da3a 6377
8642bc8f 6378Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6379
085dd6e6
JM
6380@node Testsuite
6381
6382@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6383@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6384
56caf160
EZ
6385The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6386While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6387this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6388the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6389to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6390
56caf160
EZ
6391The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework.
6392DejaGNU is built using @code{Tcl} and @code{expect}. The tests
6393themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework runs all the
6394procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6395
6396@section Using the Testsuite
6397
56caf160 6398@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6399To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6400testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6401environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6402the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6403and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6404finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6405
474c8240 6406@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6407 === gdb Summary ===
6408
6409# of expected passes 6016
6410# of unexpected failures 58
6411# of unexpected successes 5
6412# of expected failures 183
6413# of unresolved testcases 3
6414# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6415@end smallexample
56caf160 6416
085dd6e6
JM
6417The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6418conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6419real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6420failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6421hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6422everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6423being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6424lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6425Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6426reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6427catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6428program.
6429
6430When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6431testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6432regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6433run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6434compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6435testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6436options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6437host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6438mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6439
6440If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6441tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6442and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6443Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6444failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6445difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6446in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6447tests for all of those.
085dd6e6
JM
6448
6449@section Testsuite Organization
6450
56caf160 6451@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6452The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6453testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6454and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6455handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6456@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6457all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6458configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6459definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6460
6461The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6462subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6463with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6464in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6465get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6466
6467The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6468are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6469located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6470execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6471intelligibility.
6472
56caf160 6473@table @file
085dd6e6 6474@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6475This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6476configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6477The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
56caf160 6478ANSI/ISO, and C++ (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6479for prototypes).
6480
6481@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6482Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6483@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6484
6485@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6486Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6487(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6488HP-UX.
6489
6490@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6491Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
64921999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6493couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6494imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6495extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6496
6497@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6498Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6499instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6500@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6501@end table
6502
6503@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6504@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6505
25822942 6506In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6507should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6508
6509You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6510includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6511However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6512instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6513calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6514
6515Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 6516necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
6517
6518The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6519style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6520styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6521instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6522never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6523uniformly.
6524
c906108c
SS
6525@node Hints
6526
6527@chapter Hints
6528
6529Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6530appear anywhere else in the directory.
6531
6532@menu
25822942 6533* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6534* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6535@end menu
6536
6537@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6538
6539@section Getting Started
6540
25822942 6541@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6542work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6543know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6544
25822942
DB
6545This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6546generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6547
6548Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6549comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6550function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6551explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6552free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6553out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6554actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6555
6556Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6557native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6558repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6559macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6560default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6561also documents all the available macros.
6562@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6563@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6564@c Conditionals})
6565
56caf160
EZ
6566Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6567@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6568@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6569code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6570
6571You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6572enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6573language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6574the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6575and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6576are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6577approach.
6578
25822942 6579Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6580specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6581function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6582will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6583calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6584(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6585called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6586functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6587one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6588structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6589the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6590look like.
6591
6592Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6593code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6594principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6595else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6596rather than worrying about all its details.
6597
56caf160
EZ
6598@cindex command implementation
6599A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6600a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6601single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6602@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6603via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6604which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6605the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6606@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6607command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6608display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6609not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6610tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6611breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6612
6613@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6614If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6615on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6616wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6617@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6618Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6619
33e16fad 6620@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6621
25822942 6622@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6623@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6624
25822942 6625If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6626fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6627Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6628debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6629./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6630@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6631
25822942 6632When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6633@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6634gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6635in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6636gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6637
6638If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6639you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6640routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6641@kbd{M-.}
6642
25822942 6643Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6644have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6645
6646@section Submitting Patches
6647
56caf160 6648@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6649Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6650@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6651Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6652changes.
6653
25822942
DB
6654The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6655This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6656
6657If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6658or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6659with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6660
56caf160 6661@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6662The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6663copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6664of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6665standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6666and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6667owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6668changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6669etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6670contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6671bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6672this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6673since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6674
6675Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6676feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6677Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6678header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6679each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6680needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6681@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6682single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6683
6684In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6685sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6686If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
6687out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 6688
9e0b60a8
JM
6689The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
6690install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
6691or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 6692will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
6693The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
6694the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
6695being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
6696tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
6697the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
6698acceptable.
6699
6700If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
6701of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
6702installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
6703reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
6704complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
6705they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
6706permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
6707be for quite some time.
c906108c 6708
56caf160 6709Please send patches directly to
47b95330 6710@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
6711
6712@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 6713@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 6714
25822942 6715Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
6716configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
6717should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
6718
6719@table @code
c906108c
SS
6720@item STACK_END_ADDR
6721This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
6722in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
6723core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
6724gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 6725files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 6726and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
6727
6728Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
6729is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
6730
c906108c
SS
6731@end table
6732
bcd7e15f 6733@include observer.texi
aab4e0ec
AC
6734@include fdl.texi
6735
56caf160
EZ
6736@node Index
6737@unnumbered Index
6738
6739@printindex cp
6740
c906108c 6741@bye
This page took 0.719724 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.